Transcripts
1. Intro: In this course, you'll learn
how to start an Airbnb or sometimes known as
accommodation business. You will learn how to find
your investment area. How do you set up your area with cleaners and other suppliers? How to pitch it landlords and letting agents for properties. How to market your property
on Airbnb booking.com, google and corporate agencies, how to set up your property, how to automate your business so you're able to run
it from an iPhone, how to set up guests
or a vacation to avoid fraudulent bookings, and how to set up
a limited company to operate this business. This course will
teach you everything you need step-by-step in order to sort yourselves
commendation business. So let's get started.
2. Choosing a Business Model : In this session, we're
going to be going through the service combination
business model and the three different
strategies which work within services
accommodation. Now, before we get into the strategy is we first
have to work out well. What exactly is
Serbs combination? What type of properties work
as service accommodation? I think a lot of people think
that service combination is essentially apartments
in the city center or maybe a house in the suburbs, or maybe a cottage somewhere. But the reality is
all of those can be serviced accommodation,
service combination. The easiest way to think about service accommodation
is essentially short-term rental or maybe
even a holiday home rental, essentially a place which you
are renting for a few days, maybe a few weeks or
even a few months. And all of that is really categorized as still short-term. Because if you want to move somewhere to
a different country, to a different town and you were to rent accommodation generally, the contract so from
about 12 months. So anything which is below that is almost consider short-lived. So even if it was three months, four months, I mean,
the longest guests we've had is 11 months, but it's anything which is short-term accommodation
and accommodation that you can provide
where people can stay for a short period of days
or weeks or months. That is considered
service accommodation because you're
essentially servicing this apartment or this house, you might be offering
a cleaning service and so on and so on. And people get to stay
for a short term. Now, why exactly does
that business model work? And to explain why the
business model works, I have to ask you this
question, which is, why do people pay for Spotify or Apple Music when you
can get music for free. Now, if you think about
that for a second, pupil can get any
sort of music they want for free without
spending any money, you go to YouTube. You can download music, you
can do whatever you want. But a lot of people,
including myself, people end up paying for
music services like Spotify, YouTube, Music, Apple Music, When all of that is
essentially free. So it does beg the
question, well, why are people willing to pay for something which is free? And I remember going to torque by Spotify
or back in 2016. And they said the reason a is the answer here is convenience. Because see if you download
music in the normal way and you open up a laptop and you search the songs and
so on and so on. And then maybe
download it and get your phone and plug the
wire into the laptop. It takes it takes a lot of
time, it's a lot of effort. Whereas when you have a
service like Spotify, you press one button and
essentially you have the song in your phone
and same with the rest. So essentially what's
happening is that people are paying
for convenience. And actually you make
money with Airbnb. You make money with your
service accommodation exactly the same way. So let me give you an example
for one of our properties. So now this is two-bedroom
property that we rented. And we went to this for £1200. Now, when we render this for £1200 within put it onto AirBnB, we had the
professional pictures, we furnished this,
so on and so on. And we start this onto AirBnB. Now, on Airbnb, We
received a booking for 34 nights for £2726, which is considerably more than £1200 a month
that I'm paying. I'm paying £1200 a month and I guess there's just
paid me £2700 foods, just just slightly over a month. So my question to you is this, if I'm renting a property
for 1200 a month and I rent that out to someone
else for £2700 a month. Why are they willing to pay almost double what I'm paying to my landlord because this is a rental rental which we'll
get onto in a second. But why are they willing
to pay a lot more money? And again, the answer is
because of convenience. Now, you might be
thinking, well, why is this more convenient
than renting something else? And here's a here's a bunch of different reasons
as to what really makes AirBnB and service
commendation convenient. And that is essentially
where the margin is, which is that if you can make something more convenient
for someone else, they will, they will
pay you the premium. No different to Spotify, apple Music, so on and so on. So here are some ways that this model of renting a
place for a few days, a few weeks is a lot
more convenient. The first one is that there's
no long-term contracts. So think about it normally. What happens is if you
want to rent a place and you move for university, you move for work, you may, for whatever reason that you're moving to a different area. If you want a house
or an apartment, normally you'd have to get a
12 month contract minimum. You might be able
to, you might get lucky and you might get
a six month contract, but, but generally
you're about 12 months. Whereas with this, if
someone wants 34 nights, they can get exactly 34 nights. They don't have to
get Betty 89 to 28. Nice. There's no
there's no limitations. You can get exactly what you want because you
have flexibility. That is a form of convenience. The next thing is, everything
is already set up for you. So when a guest
enters the property, the Internet is set up, the WiFi, the bills that everything which needs to be setup is already set
up in the property. And so there's nothing
for them to waste their time doing and getting providers
and so on and so on. Whereas, again, if you rented a property for six
months, 12 months, you then have to get the Wi-Fi, you have to get them
set up their bills, the Internet, and the list
goes on and on and on. And again, you don't have
any of them because as when the when this person
checks in for 34 days, everything is already set up. So it's a lot more
convenient for him to sort of be in and
out as he pleases. The next thing is
cooking facilities. So again, this is
a comparison more to hotels rather than houses, which is if someone
was living in a hotel, it is actually not that convenient because if you wanted to make your own food, now, let's say you are,
you're in a hotel for a week or maybe two
weeks or even a month? Well, your only option is to basically eat
out every single day. You don't really have the
choice of making your own food. Whereas when you have
your own kitchen and all those facilities, you can essentially
make whatever you want. So it's a lot more
convenient than going out every single day when you can just
make your own food. And last but not least, the family is essentially
in one place. So again, this is a comparison
to hotels, which is, let's say there's
a family afforded is for people to
adults, to children. And what would
typically happen in a hotel is you would
get two rooms and maybe you have one parent and one child and another parent and other child in
separate rooms or maybe the parents and
children in separate rooms. Again, it's not as convenient. Whereas if you have
one apartment with, let's say it's a
two-bedroom apartment and everyone's in one place. It makes it much, much
easier for parents. There's a lot more secure
because the kids are in one apartment as opposed to down the hallway or
in separate rooms. So again, it just makes the whole process a
lot more convenient. That is really how the
short lead business works, which is you're making
a markup you met, you're making a margin purely because while you're
making a product, which is a lot more
convenient for people when it comes to accommodation,
when it comes to stays. So anyone who's
coming to the area, they can pick exactly the number of nights they want
and they can pick exactly the facilities they need from that particular apartment depending on which
one they book. And it just makes
the process a lot, lot easier rather
than them going to a brand new place and
taking a rental property. And again, even when you
compare it to hotels, is a lot more
convenience offered by service combination compared
to traditional hotels. So that is a reason services,
accommodation works. That is the reason you
have this, you know, I always compare it
to this model of, there's a lot of people who bring a lot of product
from, let's say China. And they get a wholesale, So they might buy
2 thousand of them and they might do a bulk order and they
get it very cheap. So they might get
it £1 per piece. So for example, if they buy 2 thousand pieces of maybe
headphones or something, they might get it for £1 each. So they spent 2
thousand. But when they're selling it
to someone else, the other person,
the consumer doesn't have to buy 2 thousand
minimum order. He can buy one if he wants to. He or she can buy one unit. And because they have
the flexibility, that convenience of
being able to buy one, they now have to charge them £1. They can charge £5,
they can tell us £6. And that is how the wholesale, wholesale business works, which is people who have bought, buying and they're restricted to those quantities and
then they're selling in smaller quantities
and no different to corner stores,
convenience stores. If you think about your
local convenience store, and you think about
the prices in a convenience store
competitor Tesco. Convenience stores are
always colon stores, convenience stores or
whatever you wanna call them, 7-Elevens. There are always more
expensive than then Tesco and those sort of Tesco
Asda, those little places. Purely because it's more
convenient, for example, where I'm filming this right now there's a convenience
or three minutes way. Or if I want to go Tesco, I have to walk
about 1015 minutes. And because I don't want
to walk 1015 minutes, I'd rather just go down in three minutes and maybe after pay another pound or something. But I'm happy to do
them because it saves a lot of my time and it's a
lot more convenient for me. And this model works exactly
the same way, which is, people are willing to pay higher prices than what
you've rented the property, add or maybe if you own the
property which you rent it, our normal prices, they're
willing to pay you more because it's more
convenient for them. So that's how the
overall model works. Now, within the model, there's three different main, three main strategies of how
you can go by doing this. So the first one is by
purchasing property. Now essentially what
that means is you buy a residential property and you operate that as a service
or accommodation unit. Now, surely will begin
through some modelling and I'll be I'll be showing you
exactly how these work. The second one is rent to rent. Now, rent to rent is
essentially where you are renting a property from the open market and then you run that property as accommodation. So now let's say you find a
landlord or lending agent, Hindu rental property from them. Once you rented this,
you essentially just rent it back out as service accommodation
on short-term mates and charge people are much, much higher price because
of the convenience. And finally, you have
the management model. The imaginary wall is very, very similar to letting agents. So imagine you find a landlord and they want to run their
property as accommodation, but they don't want to
do all of the work. So that's where you come
in and you say to them, Well, I'll do all
the work for you. I'll run the test
service accommodation and essentially all
take a fee for that. Fee might be 15% or the fee might be twenty-five percent around that
sort of March. And that is a business
model in itself. So now, if we look
at the first model, which is the purchase
property model. With the purchase
property model, very, very simple, essentially. Imagine you have, imagine
you bought a property. So you've acquired
a normal property and you're making a cashflow
every single month. So you might be making, for
example, in this diagram, you might be making £500 every single month
on that property. So you've got a mortgage,
you've got bills, you've got all these costs in after everything is cleared off, you might be making
about £500 a month. You then decide, well, I'm going to run this as a service or accommodation because I know I can charge much,
much higher prices. So right now you're making
about £500 a month. Anything? Well, maybe I can maybe you can charge a lot more money
because there's a lot more convenient people
are happy to pay more money for short-term
accommodation. And so what happens is you turn your property into
service combination. And essentially, it's a great, great way of just
boosting your cashflow. So you might be making
£500 a month cashflow. Now suddenly you are
making an additional £500 cashflow because
of accommodation and your cashflow is doubled. So you're making 500, Now you're making a thousand. And so you've created
this margin in the middle where your
cashflow just gone up enough. So the purchase model
is very, very simple. Taking your properties
which you already own or property you purchased, and then just
simply just running that as service accommodation. The second model is the rent
to rent business model. So with rent, rent, how that works is, let's say you have gone to the market and
you rented a property, and then you turn that into
service accommodation and your revenue every single month is twenty-five hundred pounds. So you take your property, you rent it from the market, and you turn into
service accommodation. You advertise on Airbnb, booking.com all the
marketing strategies that we're going to
go through later. And you make twenty-five
hundred pounds. Now, once you made twenty five hundred twenty-five
hundred pounds, the first thing you have to
do is pay your expenses, so you £2500, and then you
pay the landlord their rent, which is £1 thousand. So £1 thousand is then deducted from your
revenue of 2500. So you May 2500, then you pay the
landlord their rent, which is a thousand pounds. So now you're down to 1500. Now after 1500 you
have expenses. These will be your
bills, your laundry, you're cleaning, maybe
some system costs, so on and so on. And here I put £500, so you had £2500, you then pay the landlord
there £1 thousand. You then pay all the bills, bills, systems, so
on and so on, £500. Anything below that is
essentially your profit. So if you look at the diagram, you have your revenue. You take all your
rent cost away, you take all the expenses away. And everything left at the end is essentially
your profit. So that is how they're meant
to run business model works, which is a very, very simple. You're taking a rental
property where you think there's a lot
of potential that you can make a lot more money. And once you make
a lot more money, you pay all your cost away and whatever
is left at the end, that is essentially your profit. Very simple model
will be doing a much, much deeper dive
into this later on. And finally, you have
the management model. So in the management model, what happens is that
you essentially take a property and you again, you say to a landlord
that I can make you a lot more money than
you are currently making. So again, let's just
assume the landlord was making £1 thousand rent every single month
on this property, the landlord making
a thousand pounds. And you say, Well, I think we can do a lot
better than this. I can make you a lot
more money if you let me run this as
sepsis combination. And when I run this
ourselves combination, I'll just take a fee for doing
this because while you're gonna be making a lot
more money anyway. So for this example, let's just say the
landlords making about a thousand pounds every single month
on his property. Now, you run this F
service commendation. Their revenue goes up to 2500. So the revenue is 2500. You then take a fee. You say, Well, my fee for
doing this is 20 per cent, so I'll take 500 of that. That's 20 per cent of the 2500. And so what's left goes to
the landlord, which is 2000s. Now, the landlord previously
was making 1 thousand, but now because
you've supercharged the cash-flow then
are making 2000s, they're making an
additional thousand, you're making a £500 fee. I 20 per cent fee. Now sometimes that might be 15%, sometimes I might
be 25 per cent. And it's a win-win for both because you make money
for managing a property. They make money because, well, they're getting a lot
more cashflow Now. Now of course, in these
simplistic examples, I've left a lot of
the numbers out. There's a lot of
expenses I've left out just to sort of
explain the model. Now when we go through the deal, analyze a system and when
we evaluate these deals, it'll be a lot
more clearer as to exactly how these numbers work for all of
these strategies. So whether you do
or rent or rent or you purchase or
you do management, you can exactly you can put
this into the calculator. It will tell you
exactly how much money you're going to be
making in every single deal, but that is how the model works. So the first thing to do is
essentially to work out well, which of these three models
do you want to follow? Do you want to buy a property, then turn them into service
combination? Do you want to Rent properties and
then do rent to rent, or do you want to not even
have the risk of renting? Essentially, all you want to do is you just wanted to take a fee for doing it
for someone else. And there's pros and
cons to all the models. So for example, if you are
purchasing the property, well, the benefit is there. Well, of course you're
making a lot more money, but the downside is that
depending on which area you're in throughout the country or it takes a lot of
money to buy property, yet you have to deposit,
you have a legal fees, you have stamped duty, there's a lot of expenses when it comes to
buying your property. So even though it makes a
lot of money and you have capital growth and you control the property,
you own the property. The downside is it
takes a lot of money. The upside with rent
to rent as well. Essentially, there is no
deposit, there's none of that. There's a deposit when it
comes to renting a property. But it might cost you two
thousand, three thousand, four thousand pounds
and you can get started and you can
start making money. And that's the huge, huge advantage or rent to rent. And that's why a lot of
people follow the renter in strategy because with
hardly any money, with a not hardly any
money, we are with a very, very small amount
of money compared to the mining needed
to buy properties. You can get started and you can be making a lot of cashflow. The downside is, well, if you didn't do
the deal analysis properly and you didn't
find your area properly. You are not liable for their
rent every single month. So the property doesn't perform while you take a bit of a
head because essentially, well, the deal is
not making money, but you still have to pay
rent every single month. So that's the downside of
renter in which is you might if you haven't done the deal analysis property and you haven't
taken a good deal, you can potentially lose money. Now, when it comes
to the management, the great thing with management is that you can't
possibly lose any money because you're just making a fee for the potential money
that you do make. So if there's a month where
let's say you make no money. Well, because you're just
taking a percentage. If there's no money made. Yeah, you don't make any money, but There's no way that you can lose any money
either because well, you just take a portion of
any money which comes in. The downside with management
is that essentially, generally you make less cashflow Then you do with service
accommodation or rent to rent. Purely because while your
margin is slightly lower, with rent to rent, you
take all the upside. Whereas with management you
have to give most of it to the landlord and you take
a 15%, 20 percent fee. So pros and cons to each model. And really in this
lecture, in this segment, what do you need to do
is work how well are the three strategies which
01:00 AM I going to focus on? And it might be that you want to focus on
multiple strategies. You might you might want to buy some properties
and do rent, rent. Well, you might say, well,
I want to do a rent, rent and some management. So you can essentially do a mix. Now, of course, it's always
easier to start with one and then transition
and transition. But essentially you
need to decide, well, which strategy is right for me based on how much time I have, how much money you have to
invest in, so on and so on. So that is the goal of this
session here, which is, I'll look through
the three strategies and then work out well, which strategies are
derived from me?
3. Initial Area Research : Once you have
selected your areas or your potential
three top areas, we're then going to start
doing their research but that area and see well, the properties in this area, do they make any money or do we have to move on
to the next area? Now, in order to do this, we need to use this
tool called a DNA. You can access this by
going onto a DNA dot c. Now there's a bottom to top right set
which says login. If you don't have an account, you can just make an
account very, very quickly. And it doesn't cost any
money to make the account. So once you have major
account on a DNA, you have to go on to this
tool called AD in a market. That is, this is essentially
the main tool a DNA has. Now, one of the areas
that I've selected is called Milton Keynes is
in the south of England. And as you can see, there is a button which says purchase, I haven't paid for any data yet. Everything you see
here will be shown to you absolutely
free for the areas you select anything which
is with this lock icon. And on the left-hand
side here as well, that is something you have to
pay for in order to unlock. But what we're going
to be doing is we are going to be using
the free information. And if we think the area
has a lot of potential, then we might consider
paying and getting some more information in order to do some
further research. So this is what you
need to have setup, which is your AD and any
account and input your area, then you need to open the
deal analyze the system. Now when you open
the deal analyzer, it will give you two options. Enable macros or disable macros. You need to click enable
macros because this will essentially validate
all the formulas which I have built
for this spreadsheet. Now, we can just click this one. You can just click, don't update and simply
open up the sheet. Now the first sheet, the first page says
that type of property. Now, when we've
selected Milton Keynes, we first need to know well, what type of property
works in Milton Keynes. And because maybe a 1-bit
has a lot of potential, but a three bed
has no potential. So we need to see
whatever property will possibly have potential
in this area. So this is the first table
that we need to fill in. Now, by the way, with
this whole Excel file, irrespective of which
page you're wrong, you only have to fill in
anything which is in blue. So that is the only
thing you have to input. Everything else will
be calculated for you. So for example, if I
go in this sheet here, anything which is gray, yellow, red, that
will be done for you. The only thing you have to
input are the blue fields. So let's open this one here. There are five main
types of properties, sorry, six main types, which is the studio one, bed to bed 345 bit. We need to know which
location these properties Our in your given area. What type of
properties are they? What are their
conditions and well, what is the rent that
they are going for? I'll get through this
one step at a time. Let me just make this
slightly bigger. Let's look at the studios First. How you do that is if
you go back onto a DNA, here you can see all the
properties in Milton Keynes. Now, this icon here, which is the green icon, and you might be able
to see that here, there is only a few of
these green properties, like one or two, maybe. The green property
essentially means that it is a shared room that
someone is renting out. Now, we can uncheck this one because we're
not interested in that. We're not renting
out shared rooms. This one is a private
room in and property. Again, we can uncheck this because we're not really in the market or renting out rooms. We are in the market or renting
out in tide properties. Rooms are typically
rented out by people who have a spare
bedroom and so on and so on. So as you can see on
the left-hand side, under a rental
type shared rooms, There's actually only one
you might be able to visit. Green dot right in the middle
of turning on and off as I do this private rooms,
There's quite a few. And the one we're interested
in is the entire home, the entire property
in this area. So again, we can uncheck
this one as well. Now the only thing we're left with is the entire properties. So now we need to evaluate
with the entire properties. Now, if I uncheck this, what it does is it gets rid
of all the entire properties. So now nothing is checked. If I go back onto this
and click studio, then it shows me all
the studios which are available now in terms
of the location. So that first thing we need is the location of the studio. Well, there actually isn't a one designated location
when it comes to the studio, they seem to be scattered
all over the place. So I will say scattered in
terms of the property type. While studios are typically, if I go up here and
hover over this, this to me, this is a bungalow. This one says it's a tiny house. I've never really seen a studio house and my
life before, but okay. This one is a
self-contained beds set. This is a studio flat. This is a unique how can this is an annex which is
really again a flat. This is an apartment. This is an annex. This is a cabin. A lot of weird, weird property types of never
seen this many variations, but generally they seem to
be annexes or apartments. With this one, we can select both since you do
have some annexes, which are technically I guess considered houses
to some degree. You can click both. Now in terms of the next thing we need is
in terms of the condition. Well, if we look
at the condition, we can't really tell too much from because there's a
lot of outside pictures. This one seems to be
in okay condition. This one seems pretty modern. This one again seems okay. This one seems, this
one seems pretty cool. If I just go up and
look at this one, This one seems okay, So the
condition seems fairly good. So I will give this around
the seven out of ten. Now, the next thing
we need is the rent. So we need to know what
their rental is for studio apartments in
this, in this location. So if I go into a right move
and I search Milton Keynes, I'll put in Milton Keynes, Buckingham sheriff, and
then go on to rent. And click Studio
and go to Studio. Then generally I will
select the lowest price, and then I will find the best
property for lowest price, something which is
in good condition. So this one doesn't seem to be an amazing
condition. It is. How share anyway, this
is a house share. It doesn't have many pictures. This one, This one seems
in pretty good condition. And this one seems
pretty, pretty good. This one seems nice and new. And same with this one.
This one looks pretty good. I think the studios, we can say we can
estimate that there are anywhere around this
forebrain, 6752725. So we'll say we'll say around £700 per month is will the
studios are being rented out. So now we go on to
the next field here. Let me just make this not bold. Now, we go on to the next one, which is a one-bedroom. So if I go back onto here, Now, de-select Studio and
select the one bedrooms. Now we can see the
one bedrooms are generally around this area here. If I zoom in to see well, what exactly is this area? There might be a station
nearby or a town center. So as we can see, this is probably Milton
Keynes central station. So the one bedrooms
all seem to be around the Milton
Keynes central station. So if I go back here, location, train train station, this is
where they generally are. What type of
properties are there? So these are apartments. They all seem to be apartment
in pretty good condition. Generally they seem to be
in very good condition. So modern apartments, a lot
of them seem to be new. Yep, they seem to be good. New, modern apartments. Okay. Interesting. So in terms of the property type will
say they're flat condition, they seem pretty good. Now, let's find out what their rental is for
these properties. So again, if I go back to right Move and now
select one bedroom. But now I just want to
change this because we have a better idea of where
we need to be looking. I'm going to change this to Milton Keynes Central Station. And we'll go half a mile
within the station. And we'll look for
only one beds. We need something which
is in good condition. Now this is pretty good. We'll go from again,
the lowest price. So this one seems in
pretty good condition, seemed almost brand new. Wow, impressive city pat. And it also comes furnished, which is very helpful. So they seem to be
around 850.150. Now we'll look at
the two bedrooms. So again, we uncheck the one bedrooms, check
the two bedrooms. And again, similar, distinct. This isn't very surprising
that most of them seem to be scattered once again, around the train station. I think you'll find this in most areas that there
will be scattered around the station or an airport
or a hospital or something, something along those lines. So now let's get a
two-bedroom price is something which is
in the bid, old. So this one seems pretty
good, seems quite modern. This one seems quite modern. Again, this is brand new. Again, brand new apartments. So I think for 1100 you can get something
which is brand new. Around 1100 seems to be
a good price for this. So again, they're around
the train station, seem to be flat condition. We didn't actually check if
I go back here, but yeah, you can see they're all
pretty much new apartments in very good condition. So we'll give this a nine out of 101100 is what the rental is. Okay. So now let's look
at three bedrooms. Three bedrooms again, you can see there are a lot
more scattered. So they seem to be a lot more
scattered and it wouldn't surprise me if some of
these are possibly houses. So you can see this is a house. This is an apartment. This isn't an apartment.
This is an apartment. This is the house. This is a house, by the way. I know this because
where it says three to four bedroom detached
house underneath that, it tells you that it is a house. This one again is a house. This one is a house. This one is a house,
house, house, house. See this one says apartment. Again. They generally I suspect
most of them are again, around the station because they're not scattered
all over the place. They are very close
to this Asian again, the stations here and there
we're all in this radius. Now, a lot of them are
houses and hence they're slightly further away
because you don't get houses banging
the town center. So I guess you can
say both in terms of I will say they're
close to the station, flats and you have houses. Generally the condition,
again, pretty good condition. Properties in series seem
to be in pretty good nick. So these houses, apartment
is slightly on the old side. You have to scroll down so you can see I'm in pretty
good condition. Some of them are not as
modern as you can see. That pretty good cuticle,
get this at eight. So now let's go into right. Move and see well, how much can we rent a three-bedroom property
for around the station? So you have a
three-bedroom apartment, again, slightly old on
the sodium, the old side. This is of course
a very expensive. Now. Again, this one here, 1600. I wonder if I increase
this just slightly more since we're looking
at houses as well. Because see if I go
back into the map here, there are some that are slightly further
from the station. So as you can see this
slightly further. So I've increased it to be slightly further on
that side as well. So even if I open up the map, if you want to see
properties on the map, you can do is exactly
the same exercise. If you want to be
around the station, 19501750, some of the houses slightly
cheaper, 1800, 1100. So we'll pick something
around this sort of rain which is in good
condition, slightly modern. Somewhere on for a thousand, This one's for 1600 is for nineteen hundred
eighteen hundred. So we will say probably around
the 1400 miles on average. So you have a bit of a bigger
range because some are houses and some are
modern apartments. But if you, if you
want to, for example, look at some of these and they tend to be in
very, very good location. I think this is a similar
ones, similar building. You want to go for something
more than something which is like these as both as
something which is a bit old. So I think the best comparable
in this case might be, for example, this property here. But this is a penthouse which
is normally more expensive. I think 1400 is probably a good estimate for
a three bedroom. Now we'll look at the
full bedroom properties. Again in that sort of area. Now, there aren't actually
any four bedroom properties available in that area. Sorry, I should have gone on to this 1 first first scene
where they are and again, they generally a
bit more scattered, but as you can see, the
heavy concentration again is within the town center. So if I go back here, now I can't find
any in that area. Also have to increase this slightly in order to see, well, what can we get in that
area as close as possible? So if I look at this station, this one here, but this is the house share against
the house share. The house for 3 thousand. There's a house for
fourteen hundred. Fourteen hundred. These are slightly further
away and of course you want something which is in good
condition, similar condition. Let's say the price of this one. So this one doesn't seem bad. 1450. So I think we can
estimate that a four bedroom house,
probably around 1450. Again, they were around
the train station. There were mainly that
we're mainly just houses. Let me just select this again. In terms of the condition. If I go back here, you can get an idea that
there are no K conditions are not as modern as
some of the apartment so that they seem slightly older than
some of the problems. So we'll give this, will give
this around six out of ten. And finally, we're
onto the final one, which is the five
bedroom properties. So again, we need to go to the map and select five bedroom. So the five bedrooms seem
to be a lot more scattered. There doesn't really
seem to be many often. So if we go back here, scattered, most likely they
will be housed with I mean, you can't really get five bedroom apartments
has very rare. So they're all houses and the condition isn't as
modern as the other one. Slightly on the older side. So again, we can factor
the same. So yep. Their houses. The conditions we'll
see for let's say Well, the rent is for
properties in that area. So we go to five bedrooms. Five bedrooms. Let's see if we can
get anything even remotely close to the station. So this is the house share. So we can't generally
you will find is that as you get to the bigger
properties, it's very, very hard to get them around
the town center or in like a very amazing
conditioning, so on and so on. So there, there's
one here which is a five bedroom house for
1500 or one for 1650, slightly further away
from the town center, but we can go with
something like this. So 1650 around
that sort of Mark. So we'll put in 6050. Now we have all the
information in terms of, well, what the properties are like
in that particular area. The next thing we need to
do is find a property. So if you go back here, it doesn't really matter what type of
property you go for, so we'll put this as close
as possible to the station. The reason is that most
of the properties, it seems like the ideal location is around the train station. So all we need I'm going to
put this down to one bed. Annexed. I'll explain why. All we really need is
that it just search up. We just need a postcode
of a property in the town center so we can work out what the
forecast occupancy is, what the forecasted rates are. Despite anything which
is in the town center, it doesn't matter if
it's a studio one bed. All we need is a
postcard of something in the town center near the train station because that's where all the
properties seem to be. So I'll show you
why we need this. So you find a property. Then you scroll down
where it says broadband. And then you click Show average broadband speeds in this area. And then click compare
broadband deals. Now you might be thinking, Well, why are we getting internet? But the reason we're getting
internet is so we can get the exact postcode of something which is near
the train station. So MK 91. Now you take that postcode, you go back onto a DNA. Now this time we click invest and we click the rental iser. Now, when we put
the rental iser, we take this posco
which is MK 91, DR. And we've put it in here, MK 91 DR. now researched this. And by default it has put it to two-bedroom and two bonds, but we're going to
change it to a studio. Studio. One bulb will go to guests, can stay in that property. Now, what this does is
it tells us based on the comparable is not going to show us because we haven't paid yet, but it will tell us what a DNA estimates next year's
average daily rate will be. This basically means that
Nike rate plus any cleaning fee plus where they think we're the next year's
occupancy rate is going to be. Now, what we need to
do is we need to take this rate and take
this occupancy rate and plug this into
our analyzers. So we take 119, 52%. So where it says average
daily rate forecast, we need to input
this number is 119, where it says occupancy
rate forecast. We need to input this
number which says 52%. And what that does, that is, that tells us our monthly
profit potential. This is how much
money we can possibly making every single
month based on the fact that we can achieve
£119 per night, great. And at 52% occupancy
based on the fact that we are paying £700 rent
every single month. So now we continue doing this for the rest
of the properties. If I go back here and select one bedroom, one bathroom again, we will assume that
only two people who can stay in per room. And click Update. So now he does a 11852. So we've put in 11 852%. So now you can see it's 412, so slightly lower
than the studio. So then we continue
with the exercise. Now we choose two bedrooms. Maybe we can go 1.5 bathroom
now because there's two bedrooms and we assume two people stay in
every single room. We can change this to forecast. Click Update. And the rate is
a £116, but 65% occupancy. So we can put it in 11, 665% occupancy and tells
us that profit figure. Now we go into the three bits. So if we go three
beds and again, we increase this to
now two bathrooms. And we can have six guests, since there's two
people per room, two times three is 617, 62%, so 11, 762%. So now this one, the forecast shows
that it might not make a profit over the course
of the next year. Now, we go into the next one for bedrooms and we can leave
it to two bathrooms. I think that's fair. And we can increase
it to eight guests, 132 at 50 per cent. And last but not least,
the five bedrooms. So this is by the way, assuming that all
these properties are in the talents interests. Since we've already
determined that while the town center seemed
to be a good location, so we have one
hundred and seventy four and fifty five percent. Okay, So once before 55% So green is anything
which passes a criteria, which is profit over
£200 every single month. Yellow is anything which
is between 0£200 and red, which is anything
which is negative. Now, this doesn't
necessarily mean that, well, we're only going to
make £200 every single month. What this means is that if we just do marketing
on Airbnb alone, that we should be looking
to make at least this. Now, when we take
these deals on, will be marketing
on our website, on using Google, using agencies, using Booking.com and in
so many different ways. So don't expect that this is the occupancy
that we're aiming for. This is what we're
looking to make. This is simply the
occupancy level we're using to do
our deal analysis as a very conservative figure
that if we didn't do any agencies or Booking.com or websites and so on and so on, then we should be at
least making this much. And even on that amount, we should be making at least
£200 every single month. Like I said, that
is not the goal of that is not your objective. But this is how we do research that even on
a conservative level, if we assume that
everything is very conservative and we're
still making money, then when it comes
to essentially doing this properly and by doing all the marketing
and we can do, we should really be aiming
for around 80% occupancy. So if I just very
quickly show you, I don't want to get
ahead of myself, but on the rental rent analyzer, when we do our forecast
in our profits, we look at the forecast in terms of how much money we can
make on the forecast. We also look at, well, how much money can we make if
we achieved 80% occupancy, not 52 or 65 or 62. Because the aim really
is that our aim is to get to 80% occupancy by doing all the marketing
that are referred to, which is the website agencies Booking.com, so on and so on. But the problem is
that it is very, very hard to get accurate, accurate information
from agencies from Booking.com because they aren't actually release any data. The only place which does
have data is AirBnB. So when it comes
to deal analysis, the only thing you can
really do is look at Airbnb information
because no one else really provides any. So this is why we
have this metric of £200 just on Airbnb alone. That if we can make £200
just by doing AirBNB, if we did everything else, we should be making a lot more. Lot more can't really be
guaranteed purely because, well, you can't really is very, very hard to get any
attribute information from Booking.com, from agencies, so on and so on. So when it comes to deal
analysis and accommodation, we have to go with what we
have in the best information, we have to make the
best educated guess and the very conservative. So from a conservative level, we want to make at least
£200 every single month, which is £2400 a year. And then we aim
to make even more on top by doing all
the other marketing. So that is why the criteria at this stage is that if
it makes more than £200 based on these low forecast in this area does
have potential. And if we did everything properly and we drove
the market and we could, then it should be even better. So what has happened
here is that this deal is the studio. The one bed to bed
seems to have passed. This is just slightly under so it hasn't broken even
sixty-two percent. So that doesn't that
does not looking great, but these three look like
they have potential. So the next thing we need to do, we need to go back onto this, go back into the overview. And now we need to do some
more research to see, well, do these areas actually
have potential or like, what were these areas
like historically? How how did these
three properties perform in the last 12 months? Because you see
these are forecasts, these are future predictions. What I want to know is, well, how much money do they make
in the last 12 months? Because if we know well, okay, this is how much
money they made in the last 12 months and this is what therefore
consider made. Again, we can have a much, much better guess or estimate
or forecast or well, how this property type will
do going in the future. So we have to go back onto this. But in order to access
this information, we have to purchase the
information for Milton Keynes. So if I click Purchase
and you can change this to pounds from down here, that you can see it's
£16 every single month. Now, we only need this for one month because once
we've done our analysis, you can simply just
cancel out subscription. So what do you need to do is you need to
Agile card details and then enter your password again and then click the
purchase now button. And that will give you all
the access to this area. Now for some areas that might
be slightly more than £16, I believe some
areas and London is £29 because they give you even, they give you more
data since they have more properties in
that particular area. So the next thing you
need to do is essentially purchase the data for this area. So I'm just going to do that
very, very quickly now, once you have
purchased this area or your selected area,
as you can see, this is taken away all of the locks and it's given
us some more information, has given us a market score, get given us a grade. Taken away all the logs
from these areas here, we have a lot more information. So now what we need to do is
go back into the analyzer. And now we're in the historic
section because we've passed this and we're on to the next part because
we want to validate, well, what type of
properties are good and historically which
ones have made money? So these are the
three things we need. We need the rental
size, the number. We need the historic
occupancy rate in the last 12 months and we
need the historic ADR, which essentially refers
to the average daily rate. So let's do this 1
first because it's the easiest one which
has a rental size. So what that means is, if you scroll down here
on the overview page, it says rental sites. Now the rental size
tells you the number of properties of that
particular type. So if we look at studios, there's 12 Studios,
which represents 4%. Now if we look at this sheet, it says we want the number,
not the percentage. So there are 12 studios. In terms of the one-bedroom, they seem to be
the most popular. At 134134. The two bedrooms are the second most popular off that,
which is 100 A2. Then we have the
three bedrooms, 36. We have the four
bedrooms, which are 2114. Now, let me just explain
the color-coding here. The reason the highest is
the green and the lowest is the red is because the more properties there
are of one particular type. Generally it means, well, this is a very, very
popular property type. And second, the other
thing it means is that a DNA has a lot of data, since there are so many of
those proteins is available. Now when there is only 12
available of something in a big area that really
isn't that many properties. And therefore, when it comes to looking at the
data, it doesn't, It's not always a 100%
accurate because well, there aren't that
many properties. It's like trying to get a
sample size and there's only two or three people
taking a survey or whatever. That doesn't
necessarily represent that whole population
or that whole area, because we just don't
have enough data. So the green ones in
this case of better, the red ones are obviously
not as good because one, this means that it's popular. And also it means
that we have a lot of information for this
particular property type. Now, the next thing we
need to do is look at the historic ADR in
the last 12 months. How you do that is
if you go back onto this and click on rates. Now, this will
tell you that ADR, which means the
average daily rate, which basically just means
you're unlikely rate. Now, we need to know what the average daily rate was
in the past 12 months. I'm not really interested
in what it was in the last three
years because things change and the markets
change and so on and so on. So here you need to
stick entire home. And then here is already on studio and you need to drag this back its own studio and
then click Apply Changes. So when you apply changes, each one of these yellow
bars represents a month. So you can see it
says August of 2020, July of 2020, June of two thousand and twenty.
Two thousand and twenty. And it tells you the
average daily rate, which was £84 in May, it was £40 in April, it was £48 in March. Now, what I want
to do is I want to know over the last 12 months, what was the average daily rate? So if I look at the
last 12 months, so this is August,
so 123456789101112. I don't know I don't know why I had to count this, of course, the last 12 month of
September to August. So what I want to do
is if you look at the average daily
rate, it is £48. So I do 48 plus 38. We want to add them
all up and then divide by 12 to get the
monthly average. Plus 40, plus 42, plus 47, plus 48. Plus again, 4840, eighty four, fifty one, fifty five, and 50. So the total is 591. If I divide this by 12, that means the
average daily rate the studios achieved was 14£9. So here we can insert £49. Now, as you can already see, that in the past 12 months, the studios into £49, which is considerably lower than their forecasts of a 119. And, uh, one of the
reasons might be, I will show you now, is if I go into occupancy
just for 1 second, just to sort of
illustrate this point. And under active listings, if I select Studio properties. Then, as you can see that studio properties
in, for example, in March of 2020, there were 11, and
then there were nine, and then there were six. And in one month maybe there's only two people are
renting our studios. And then there was nine people. And again, then there
were 12 people. And at some stages of a seven, there aren't actually that many Studio properties
as we saw down here. And when you don't have that much data on a
particular property, what happens is sometimes the
data isn't very accurate. Hence, I put this at read and put something
like this at green. And when you have low data, sometimes you do get
a bit of a disparity between the forecast is
and what the reality is. And so this is why this
is a very good exercise in terms of looking at the
historic information as well. Because see, they could have predicted what we think
next year it will be very high because there aren't as many studios available
anymore, so on and so on. So this is why this is
very, very helpful. Now, we go back to rates, and this time we select one bit and drag this back all
the way to one bed. Again, we want to do a similar
exercise which is look at the last 12 months from September all the
way to the end here. So what I'm going to
do now is I'm going to go through the one
beds and then the two beds in the three beds and all the way up to
the five bedrooms. And I'm going to put in
the historic ADR rates in the last 12 months. What I've done here is I've gone all the way from one
studios all the way to five bedroom
properties are taking the average of the
last 12 months. And I put the results here, which I'll go
through in a second. Now, just one thing
to note here is that if you look at the
five bedroom property, that they generally tend to be around this mock
except for one month. So generally they are on the
£200.68210100 month is £613. Now, again, this is
a bit of an outlier. This is very, very high spike. Again, sometimes
this can be caused because while there's
not that many properties of that
particular type, and therefore you end up
getting data which isn't, sometimes it's a 100% accurate. Hence, I mentioned
this thing here, which is the lower the
number of properties, the data isn't as
good because you see in this month of June, this is during COVID-19, the rationally only, I believe, two properties on the market, as you can see, if
booked properties too, which isn't that many
at all because well, there aren't that many of these five bedroom properties
anyway in total, there's only aid active
listings currently. So because of this, because of the fact that there
aren't that many listings. That means the data is sometimes
it isn't very accurate. So in this case, because I didn't want to include this in my 12 data points. I simply got rid of this entry and I got the
average of the last 11. So I went from September
all the way to here. I simply just got
rid of this one. And rather than dividing
by 12 by divided by 11, because clearly
this is an outlier and clearly this is
not the normal case. So if you do have an
outlier like this, then all you simply
do is just eliminate that one particular spike and then divide by 11 months
rather than 12 months. So if I go onto
my forecast here, the first one is studio, is £49. This is another forecasts are in the last 12 months,
it has been £49. And again, the forecast is 119. So clearly there is a
bit of a disparity here. This doesn't see, this forecast doesn't seem to
be very accurate. Now, if you look at the one
bedrooms is slightly better. Last year, eight achieved
eighty-five pounds. They're saying make
sure it will be a 118. So again, not not too far
off for the two bedrooms. Last area achieved a
114. They're saying 116. So again, that's very close. 120 compared to a 117,
again very close. And then the four
beds, a 174 was achieved compared to the
forecast or 130 to 180. And again, this is
very close to 174. So a lot of them,
except for the studio and except for
possibly the 4-bit. The rest seem to be relatively
close and they seem to be almost the same
140th, 1 sixth. So that's okay. Now, the next thing we
need to do is look at the historical occupancy
rate for the last 12 months. What occupancy have these
properties have been cheering. Now, we know what
the forecast is, which is up here. But what we need to
know now is, well, how do we actually do
in the last 12 months? So if you go back here
and click occupancy. Now, we need to select
75th percentile. 75th percentile
means is that 75? So for example, let's
look at this point here. At 75th percentile, the
occupancy was 97 per cent. As you can see, this means 25 per cent of the properties
did better than this, and 75 per cent of the
properties did worse than this. So the reason we look at,
let me say that again. Twenty-five percent of the
properties are achieved an occupancy of ninety-seven
percent or more, and 75 per cent achieved
97 per cent or less. The reason I look at
75th percentile is because the 75th
percentile line shows. Shows you operate, it saves condition operators who
are doing a good job. They have professional pictures, they're running this
professionally. They have good marketing,
so on and so on. And that is essentially what
we are trying to emulate. This is why we want
to compare ourselves to the best 25 per cent of
the properties in the area. Because that is essentially
what we're going for as well. We want to be in that
top twenty-five percent. So we need to see well, how did the top twenty-five percent do? And in summary, set the 75th percentile bar
shows you exactly that. It shows you that 25 per cent of the properties did
above this line. And that's where
we want to be and that's where we
want to calculate. So again, the same
exercise as before. Select entire home. Now we'll start from the
studio and then click Apply. So as you can see, this has a lot more
ups and downs, ups and downs compared
to the more steady line. And again, the reason
is there isn't as much data when you
only have 12 listings, it is going to
fluctuate a lot more. So again, we do the same thing, which is we start from September of 19 and we add these data points
and then we divide by 12. So I'll just do one
as an exercise. So for example, we have 88
per cent plus 90% plus 72%, plus 58 per cent, plus 6667. 82. One 100. Again one hundred fifty three, eighty-one, and finally 96. So that is a total of 953. Now because we've gone
through 12 months, I will divide this by 12. And the average occupancy in the last 12 months
was 80 per cent. So we go with 80 per cent. That isn't actually what our target occupancy is
like I mentioned before, we're ready, want to be
hitting those 80% occupancies. Now, I do the same thing. I move this to a one
bedroom and I click Apply. As you can see, this
is a lot steadier. There is this weird drop here. And again, this is
because of COVID-19. And at the time of
recording this, we have we are in
October of 2020 and we went through a month where there were travel
bans and so on and so on. So this is because of that
particular reason here, but we can still include it
in our average if we want to, or like I said before, because it is a one-off outlier, we can simply get
rid of this point, count of all the rest
and divide by 1112. I'll show you that now. So if we look at
the one bedrooms, I'll do 93 plus 93, plus 83 plus 86777969, one hundred one hundred, one hundred, one hundred.
4. Finding The Ideal Property Type: So once you have
shortlisted your areas, we then need to do
further research on that particular area. So the first thing
you need to do, you need to go to a
website called a DMA dot. Ceo didn't have to make
an account on a DNA. And you will come on
to a page like this. Now when you come
onto this page, you need to search a location. So one of the locations that I have short
this it is Luton, which is again in the
south of England. So now, once you have
set your location, you will have to
purchase the data. And depending on which
every urine, urine, it will cost you
around £15 per month. Now, we only need this
for one month essentially because we just have
to do quick research and then we can cancel
the subscription. But it will cost £15 or £16 or maybe slightly more depending
on which area, Erin, I think some locations
in London can go up to £25 or £29 or something
along those lines. But you need to find your
area and then purchase the information so we
can do further research. Now, in this case,
I've purchased all their data on Luton. So in this session, what we need to do is
we need to say, okay, well we've selected Luton, but what type of properties are going to be best within lutein? Which type of properties
should we be looking at? So in order to do this, we also have to open the
deal and the laser system, which is the Excel file. Now, when you open this south, it will give you two options. Enabled macros or
disabled macros. You need to click enable
macros because this will enable all the formulas which I have used to create a sheet. So you can use the formulas in order to do the detail analysis. Then you need to move
on to the first sheet, which is the type of property. Now, in the type of
property that we have, different types of
properties on the top here. And then you also
have some information which you need to fill in. Now, one thing to
note, by the way, is that whenever you
go through this sheet, the only fields which
you have to plug in are the fields in balloon. Everything else you can ignore. If it's green, if it's gray, you can completely ignore that. So again, even on this sheet, you only have to fill in
the information which is in blue that rest you
can ignore and that will calculate
everything else for you. So we're looking at Luton in this case and we have
different types of properties, studios, one beds, 2345 beds. And we first need to know well, where are these properties
generally based and what is the standard
of these properties? Because when we look at similar properties to
rent or even to purchase, if that's what
your strategy was, we need to know what is
happening in the market, what type of properties
are working well. So when you go into a DNA, you will see a map on the right-hand side
on the main screen. And within the map you have
a few different options. Now, this option here
refers to share rooms. Now, when we're doing a
service combination business, when we're running
this business, you that we're not
in the market for shared rooms and these
are private rooms. What that means is
someone has let out a spare room in their property. Now again, we aren't doing a
room by room rentals and we are renting out spare rooms
so we can check this one off. Now the property is left are essentially all the
entire properties. So these are all the
properties which are entire apartments
or entire houses. Now if I zoom out, you can see a better picture of the properties within loot. And now I can also
make this bigger for you so you can
get a better view, but I lose some of the options, which I will show
you in a second. So you can see that here
is the town center in predominantly all the properties are around the town center. There are some properties
scattered here and there, but they generally seemed to
be around the town center. There's the airport, there's
the main station here, and here is the town center. So if I exit out
of this now I'll show you why I did this is I want to know where these
properties are located because that is the first
tab we need to complete. And also what type, what
standard are these properties? So if you hover over this
and click this button, it unchecked all the properties. Now it gives me a few
different options. If I click Studio, it will now only show me where
the studios are located. And as you can see, a studio seem to be
pretty scattered. So there's a couple of here, a couple here, a couple here. So there doesn't
seem to be one place where the majority
of the studios are. And if we look at the standard sometimes, depending
on where it is, it can show you this one doesn't really show
you many pictures. It's just a floor plan. This one is not in very
good shape at all. This one again, you
can't really tell. This one seems to be okay. Again, you have the
pictures on that amazing. No pictures. And again, it does not seem to
be great at all. So the location, I will
say it's scattered. And for standard I would
say probably a five, probably not even a fiber
for me to say about it. Three or four, it
doesn't seem to be in good standing at all. And I will just say
that to switch that to not not professional. So you can rank these
however you want. You can rank them as numbers or you can add some description, and it doesn't really
matter too much. So then we move on
to the next one. You then need to uncheck
everything again and then check. Studios, check the one bates. So now as you can see,
the one that is slightly different because there
are some scattered, but predominantly they seem
to be around the town center. They all seem to be
around the station, the town center location. And if you just hover
over something, you can see that there
are a lot more modern. Their apartments,
they seem to be, a lot of them seem to be
brand new apartments. As I go through them,
they seem to be new build apartments
predominantly, so they seem to be in
very good condition. And you can just scroll
through some of them and just see what the
picture is alive. But as you can see, for example, this one seems to be in
very, very good Nick. So I would say for
the one bedrooms, the location is town center. In terms of the standard, I would say modern apartments there, modern APT apartments. And then we do the same
thing for two bits. So again, this seems
to be less two beds, but predominantly they
seem to be again, around the town center area. There are some scattered
here are a few here, but generally seem to be
around the town center. Again, most of them you can see, are relatively modern
day new apartments. They seem to be in pretty good condition
around the town center. So we then continue doing this
exercise with three beds. And again, 3-bit seem to
be a lot more scattered, but I will still
say predominantly seemed to be around
this town central area. You can see that
these are now houses. Is not really apartment
with two vitamins. We had apartments
with three bedrooms. We've seen that these
are a lot of houses. And hence there, which
may send each other. They're close to
the town center, but not exactly in the
town center because it's rare that you get apartments
within the town center. So let's fill this in. So I think with a
two-bedroom, again, It's a town center
location and they are modern apartment
with three bedrooms. Again, I would say there
around the town center, there's less of them,
but their houses. And again, they are
in good condition, houses in good condition. So then when we
want to the 4-bits, 4-bits, again, you can see that they're trying to be
around the town center. There's less often, but most likely they
probably houses again. So once again, these, they seem to be houses as
opposed to apartments. So they close to town center, but there are houses and again, generally seemed to be in not as good condition
as the three bits. So I would say I would
say Town Center, and I would say houses. And this one will give
maybe a five out of ten. And I think for the three bedrooms are in
pretty good condition. We'll give it a
seven out of ten. So you can rank these
however you want, is just to get a general idea of what type of
properties they are, whatever standard you
can rank them out of ten or whatever helps you. Because we need to know
what the standard is. Because when we were
looking at properties to arrange or to
purchase ourselves, you should see if we can match that standard because we
can mask that standard, then it's a lot more
accurate and we can sort of charges same race. So you can make a note of
standard however you like, whichever way helped you. And then you finally go
on to the fibers again, you can see that couple are
around the town center. One here, one here a
bit more scattered. Their houses. They seem to be an
okay condition that didn't seem to be
in bad condition. So I would say there are a
lot more scattered houses. They seemed to be an
okay condition now, I would again give
it a six out of ten. So around now sort of mark. So these are the locations
we need to look at it. These are the type of properties in the standard
we need to look at. So the next thing to
do is now to work out, well, how much can you
rent these properties for? So in order to do that, you need to go on to right move. Because the first
one is scattered. In general, they seem to
be around the town center. We're going to just focus
on Lutheran town centers. That's where that's where most of the properties
seem to be. If I check this back and
show you all the properties, they predominantly do seem to be around the town center or they seem to be around
the main Luton stations. So if I if I put in Luton, let's see what options
they will give me. It gives me Luton station. And I think generally what will happen is you will have to find a station or particular postcode in the town center in
order to get this. I think generally, I don't
think it will give you talent, Luton town center or
the location that it will give the illusion
station as a location. And then you can click to rent. Now, once you have clicked to rent, you can select a radius. We will keep this
within one mile. And for the first one, we're looking at studios. And again, the studios,
they do seem to be flats as opposed to houses. So we said studios one mile
within the town center. So we already have some
studios were looking for something which is
in okay condition. And we can set this from newest
listed or we can set this from the lowest price
first is only 18 listing, so it's not going to
take you too long. Now we find something which
is in okay conditions. So this one seems to be in pretty good condition and you can essentially take
the rental for this. And the rental for this
is £520 per month. So we put in £520. Ignore these for the time being. We will get onto this shortly. Then we simply just move
on to the next one. We now need to know, well, what is the price
for a one bedroom? And again, if you look
at something which is in good condition or one-bedroom, you need to ignore this one because this is a professional. How showed this is
actually a room as opposed to an apartment. So again, you can look for something which is in something which is in good
condition and see what the price would be for
that particular property. So again, this one, this one doesn't
seem bad, is 765. This one seems to be
in new conditions. So let's, Let's pick this
one here because it seems to be in much better
condition, or even, or even this one
here which seems to be relatively brand new, close to the station
in the town center. So it seems it seems like
they seem to be around this £725 a month for a modern one bedroom
apartment in the town center. So this is 0.10 miles
from the station, which is pretty much bang in the middle of
the town center. So we'll go with 725. Okay. So that is the rent there. We then move on to
two-bedroom properties. Again, you're doing
the same thing, which is you're looking for something which is
in good condition. Hence, since all
your competition has properties in
very good condition. So again, you have one
here which seems to be a very nice building, modern. So we will close to the station. Two bedroom apartment. So
yeah, night about £900. Again, there's
another one for £900. So £900 seems to
be the going rate. And now we move on to houses. Since the three beds for
visit five beds or houses, we simply go to
the property type we can change to detach
semi detached terrorists. Get rid of this
enslaved bungalows, since these are all
types of housing, change this to three bedrooms. Three bedrooms. And again, we do the same thing, which is we just look
for something in good condition
around the station. There seems to be three
different property. This is possibly in
the best condition, are the three I would assume. For the rest of you can already
see that many pictures. So this last one here, this might be an okay condition as well, but it seems very, very cheap compared to the rest, so we don't have
that many available. And does a 3-bit luxury house. I'm not entirely
sure why luxurious, but the rents seems to be
around this sort of marks. So this is on for 1050, the zone for 1300. So we'll say something
around the 1200 miles. Around 1200. And then very, very
quickly, I'll just do the four bedroom
and a five bedroom. So I'll just select
this to forbid, there might not be that
many available with when I do branch out slightly. It seems to be this
seems to be a few. Okay. So this one is being
fully renovated. So again, that's pretty good. This is going to be brand new. This is on for 1400, this is on for 1500. So around that range. So we'll say, we'll say 1450. And finally, we have
a five bedroom. Five bedrooms seemed
to be a lot more expensive to this is
in good condition, and this is 1700s, so
we'll put in 1800. So these are the reigns for
these particular properties. Now, the next thing we need
to do is do this row here. I know we've missed
this one out the world. Come back to this in a second. We need to do the rental size. What that means is if
you go back onto a DNA. And this is your main screen. If you scroll down, it shows you the rental size. Basically means the number
of properties on the market for each of these
types of properties. So if you look at the studio, There's only three studios, which is two per cent. Now, if we go back
onto the sheet, it says the rental size, the number, the absolute number as opposed
to a percentage. So the absolute number
of studios is three. So we put in three. We then look at the one beds. There's 8686. The two beds, there are 36. The three Bezos 19175. So you have 19175. Now, limited explain
these colors now. The higher this number is, it will go green and the
lower it is, it will go red. So it's really a color system
going from green to red. The reason that is
there is because if for example there are
only three studios and we go through
all this analysis, the data might not necessarily be the best because there's
only three entry points. There's only three properties. So those three properties
might do really badly or it's just, there's just not
enough information when there's only
hardly any properties, but when you have
properties which there's a lot of property type, for example, is H.261 beds, eighties and 36 tubas. Even these two on that bad 1917, that's pretty good in terms of looking at data and saying, Well, there's a lot of
these type of property. So that could be that the data is more
likely to be accurate. So ideally, the more information we have on a particular
property that better. This doesn't necessarily mean that we'll go with
one bedroom since there's most of them
because we don't know what occupancies HE, or what rates they achieve. But just for this
one particular, particular 0.1, particular, one particular row,
this seems to be, there seems to be
the best out of, out of their vascular
because it has the most information available. And the more information
available something has, the more actually we
can work out well, is this going to
make mine, yours is not going to make money. So that is a color
system with this one that the more
practice, the better. Now, we, now we
move on to filling out the remaining two details, which is the historic ADR, which means the historic
average day rate. Put simply that basically
just means what is the Nike rate these properties
are able to charge? This one means the
historic occupancy rate, that what occupancy have these properties
being achieving. So if I go back onto this
and click occupancy, this is again on the first
page under research. Now it will show me the
historic occupancy rate. So this is the first
one we can fill out, or we can fill out this money doesn't really matter too much. But we'll go into the historic
occupancy rate first. Now, once you wanted the
historic occupancy rate, you need to select
75th percentile. Now, what 75th percentile means is that if you
have occupancy rate, which is, for example, 90%, at the 75th percentile is 90%. That means 25 per cent of the properties achieved a
higher occupancy than 90%. 75 achieved a lower
occupancy, then 90%. So 25 or above this, 0.75 or below this point. The reason I picked
75th percentile is because what we want to know is that the good-quality
properties, the ones which are
professionally managed, their marketed probably
they are professional and pictures the Airbnb hosts
who are doing this? Well, what are the ATV? Because we're going to be
trite. We're going to try to achieve something similar. We aren't really competing
with people who have bad pictures or they're not marketed properly
and so on and so on. So we're not competing
with people who are not advertising their
properties, probably. So that's why we look at
75th percentile because the 75th percentile re represents people who
are doing this well, and that's essentially where
we want to be as well. So if I look here, it says, what is the historic
occupancy rate for a studio in the
last 12 months. I don't necessarily want
to know what's been happening over the last
two or three years. I just want to know
what's happening in the last 12 months because
that's going to give me the most accurate
picture because things do change over time. So you need to
select entire home. And then we'd bedrooms
is already on studio and you need to move
this one all the way down, so it's just Studio selected. And then click Apply. Now, once you apply this, you can see how the graph
has massively changed. Now. Now this seems a
bit weird because there are so many
spikes up and down, whereas before it was
a lot more stable. The reason is that there's
only three studios and this is essentially what I was
trying to say that when you don't have
much information. You get weird stuff like this. You get weird spikes. And the data sometimes
can be a bit inaccurate because of essentially there's not that much
information to go off. So we will still use the
information they have and will still plug the same for
the sake of this exercise. So what do you need to do
is you need to look at our historic occupancy rate
in the past 12 months. How you do that is you
don't want to hear. And you can see that the very
last month this is showing me is August of 2020. I want to know what is
the average occupancy being from all this of 2019 all the way
to August of 2020. So the way we do that is you
start from August of 2019. So I think we are here
and the occupancy is 54%. So you take, you take a
calculator and you add up all the occupancy rates for the last year and then divide
it by the number of months. So you take 54. The next one is 82, so 54, and then you add a T2.
Look at the next one. Forty eight. Forty eight. The next one is 91, so you add 91. The
next one is 80. The next one is 50 to
the next one is 6256145, back up to 100, down to 62, down to 27. So what you've done is
you've started from August 19 all the
way to August 20. You've added them all up. Now, if I go back to August 19, this was a first we started. Now we need to divide by
the number of months. So we had 123456789, 101112. And then we also
have this 13th one here because we counted well, from August 19 to August 20
and including that month. So there's this
third entry points. Then you divide this
by 13 and you get the average occupancy
for the last 12 months, which is 66 per cent. So here we can write 66. So 66% has been the occupancy. And then you simply move
on to the next one. And then you do
that by going back here and then
selecting one bedroom. And again, you want
to do the same thing that you want to start from August 19 all the
way to August 2020. Yourself from around here we go, your sacrum around this
point and go to the end. So I'm going to very
quickly do this now. I'm just going to
add from here to here and then divide by
the number of months, which is 13 months as
opposed to 12 months, 12345678910111213,
because essentially, you're starting from August and you're technically ending
in August as well. But if you want to
last 12 months, you should have started from September because that
is at 12 months work. So you can do 12 months
or you can do 13 months. It doesn't really
matter too much. I like to go from from all the way from that
exact month, all the way back. So I'm going to very quickly do this now for the one bedroom. And then when you
want to change, you can go to the two-bedroom, three-bedroom, four
bedroom, and five bedroom. And then I'm going to
add all of these here. So I've filled in
all the information using these points all the
way up to five bedrooms. And by recording the
data here again, you can see it goes
from green to red. If it's high, as green, if it's low, it's red. The reason is because well,
with occupancy rates, the higher the better the
higher occupancy or achieving, the more money you're going
to make in the process. Now, I have altered, by the way, change this to past
13 months because apparently I can't
add 12 months. So you can do the
past 13 months. Even if you do the past 12
months is not going to make a big big difference
is only one month off. But I like to do from August to August or September to
September, so on and so on. So this gives me now
the occupancy rate. Now the final thing
we need to do is calculate the historic ADR. So what is the
historic Nike rate which is being achieved
on these properties? So if I go here and click rates, again, we do exactly
the same exercise. Now we select studios, go all the way down to studios. And we look at, again, the last 12 months over
the last 13 months, since I didn't count 12 properly
or you can just do 1234. My mom's a really
bad 56789101112. So yeah, you have to
start from September, really not even August. So you look at the ADR which says fifty-one
pounds in September, £55 in October, of £55 in
November, so on and so on. And then again, you do the
same exercise which is you add up the months from August all the
way to August here, and then you divide by 13. And that will show you what. Average daily rate achieved has been in the last 13 months. So I will quickly do that
now in this will be done exactly the same way as what
we did for the other ones. So we'll go from studios all the way down to five
bedroom properties. So I will do that quickly now. So now I've gone through
all the five prototypes or six property types from
studios all the way down to 5 billion properties and are calculated the average daily
rate for the last 13 months. Now, just in case that
wasn't very clear, but essentially what
I was doing was hovering over these yellow bars. And when you hover over
the yellow viruses, as you can see, it
says August 19. Then it says the
average day rate, ADR, which is a 126, and then just tells you
the number of properties. The number which is 126, that is the number you need
to essentially add up and then divided by 13
because that is the number of months
we are looking at. So that's what I've done here. And if you look at this row, the historic ADR, I've
put in all the numbers. The studios were 51 night the one bears were £62 of
night, a two-bedroom 92107. One twenty one, twenty two. So now, let's look at what has happened in these two rows here. The first one says a
rent divided by ADR. So if you look at the rent and you look at the
average day rate, this number basically
tells you how many nights you will need in
order to cover your rent. Now, I know this is not an
exact calculation because there's commissions and other
cost and so on and so on. But just for the time being, was very useful to know. Is that how many
nights would it take based on these numbers
to cover your rent? And the lower the number
of nights it takes a better because that means
we can make more money. For example, it takes you a full month just
to cover your rent. You have no chance in **** of making any money in this deal. Because even if
you're fully booked, all you're doing is
covering your rent. Whereas if you look
at the studio, if it's rented a
£51.9 for ten nights, you essentially end up
making your money bag. And then beyond the tendonitis,
There's potential profit. Now, like I said, this is not all inclusive,
this other build, but it's just we
need to know which which property type takes a lowest amount of
knights in order to make your money back. So if we look at these
numbers and by the way, these are automatically
calculated for you and there's nothing you need to
do with the studio. It takes about ten
nights with a 1-bit. It takes about 12 nights
to bed, takes ten nights. The 3-bit takes 11 nights, the forebear takes 129. And the fight that
takes half a month just to cover its cost before it
even gets into profitability. And again, with this one, green is basically
the lowest number. The lowest, the lower it
is, the better it is. So in this case, green is essentially
what is low. And if it's really high rate, because that means it takes longer to make our money back. And again, the last one is
similar to the one above, but this one tells you
your profit potential. What this is saying is,
based in all these numbers. What is the profit potential? What is revenue? How much money we can
make less the rent? So for example, if we
look at the studio here, what we're saying
is the rent is 520, so that is our cost or the revenue is
potentially we can make fifty-one pounds a
night will be booked for around 66% of the month, so two-thirds of the month. And if we look for
2 thousand a month, that's about 20 nights. And we're making £51. We're making about
£5,551 a night. And therefore, if
we if we look at the month and we say we're
making 51 night for 29th, let's just say roughly
because that's 66 per cent of the month, 29th out of 30, that's about £1 thousand. But our rent is 520. So if we take away 520, we're at about just under £500. So £500 is basically
our potential. But now this doesn't
include the fees and the bills and any systems
cost and so on and so on. So again, this has potential, it has a £500 margin, but obviously that's
going to be eaten up by the bills in all
those other costs. So again, we need, we
need a prototype which has a big margin. We'll
look at the one bed. The margin is the
potential profit is around eight hundred, nine hundred pounds to bed
has a lot of potential at 1500, the three-bit 1175. So again, that's pretty good. The four bed, which is 854, and finally, the fiber, which doesn't have a lot
of potential at all. It only 286. Again, with this one in
green is the highest value because we need to make
sure we make a lot of money and the one which makes more
money has more potential. So this is essentially what is. These we have input, some of these have been
calculated for us. And now by looking at this data, we need to find one which
has the most greens. Because the greener it is, the more likely it is to work. And I think it's very
apparent that in this case, the two bedroom properties, the two-bedroom property
type seems to have the most green how it is
lacking on the first one. But again, that doesn't really matter too much
because it has 36 properties, which is, which is a, you know, a lot of information, a lot of data, which
is, which is good, because the more
information we have, the more it supports
this information here. So it has good amount of data, has the highest occupancy, joint highest with the
One Belt, which is good. It takes the lowest amount of knights in order to
cover it or rent. So this is rented divided by
ADR stroke the nightly rate. And it has the highest
profitability margin potential. So it's very, very easy
in this case to say well, to veterans have
the most potential. But sometimes you might
be in a situation where two different types
of properties might be very, very close. And then case you might
have just select the top two and then do further
analysis on the top two. Now, one thing to note with the two-bedroom
property is and why. In most areas they
tend to be very popular is because imagine
you have a studio, you have a studio apartment. Now, if someone's
looking to book a hotel compared to
a studio apartment, the student might end
up actually being a bit more expensive at times. Because a hotel doesn't. Hotel has economies of scale, meaning that they have 5060 rooms and they
can spread the cost. Whereas when you only
have one studio, it can be a bit expensive. The same thing can be
said for a one bit, which is if it's a couple and they don't want to sleep
on a sofa bed or anything, and they want to
use the main beds, then you can only really get to people into a
one-bedroom property, which is the same
as a hotel room. But again, the
one-bedroom compared to a hotel room might end
up being more expensive. Whereas once you get into
two bedrooms onwards, if you compare the cost of
two bedroom properties or E, to legitimate bedrooms
with two hotel rooms. The two-bedroom property
most of the time is tend to be cheaper
than two hotel rooms. Whereas the same
cannot be said for studios in one beds
in most cases. But as you have more
rooms from two onwards, the cost compared to hotels is, is much, much better. Had a much better
competitive edge when it comes to two-bedroom proteins and more
purely because, well, you have to
legitimate rooms. So in this case is very
easy to say that or to make a decision that two-bedroom
property seem the best. And two-bedroom property is what has the most potential in Luton. And we clearly have a very, very good margin
hate to work with. And now we'll do further
analysis on this to see, well, do the number of
stack and can we take a two-bedroom property
in this particular area?
5. Further Analysis: Once on the rent to rent, analyze your criteria
is I've passed. We can simply move on to
the further analysis. Now, when it comes to
the further analysis, further analysis isn't
necessarily data-driven. It is more what I call
anecdotal evidence in the sense that it's
opinions, it's feedback. It's doing a bit more research about the areas,
so on and so on. So you aren't necessarily going to always get a
score out of ten, that this is an eight
out of ten areas. This is a seven out of ten
area is more that, well, once we've done the analyzer
and the numbers do stack up, we just want to do a
bit more research about the area in terms of who
the businesses aren't. Are there many big
agencies operating there, so on and so on
because they're all, if we get a positive response from the further analysis that is only adds to their rent or an analyzer
and just confirms as well, this is a good area and this is an area where these
deals can work, but you won't necessarily
get a score out of ten, is a case of looking at the evidence and looking at the feedback and
taking it from there. So rather talk, we have
one thing which is data-driven in the
sense that we have the occupancy rate in
average daily rate. Now, the forecast is 65% for
the two-bedroom properties. The average daily rate
forecast is on £116. Now, if you remember, we did this right and start
with the type of property. So we had a £116 for the
two bed and 65 per cent. So that's, that's what
the forecast was. Now the historic last year, the last 12 months, the occupancy rate was actually 84% and the average
daily rate was a 114%. And again, if we go back
to the first sheet, you can see that here
we did that right? The salt, which is a
£114 for the two bed and 84% or 84% occupancy for the two built in
the last 12 months. So what this shows
that the occupancy, which is forecasted, is
actually twenty-nine percent less than what it was
in the past 12 months. And the forecasted rates
are just slightly higher, essentially two per cent higher. Now the criteria I have said is that what
I don't want is, for example, let's
say the forecast was 65 per cent and the
forecast error equals 116. It's historic occupancy was only 20% and the historic
Nike rate was only £40. Then I think that would
be a cause of concern because if it was only
20 per cent last year, how is this suddenly
65 per cent. So as long as the forecast is a maximum of a 20 per cent
increase of the historic, then that is okay because when you sometimes is economic
growth and so on and so on. And that can justify
for higher occupancy. But in this case they both
pass anyway because, well, the forecast is much lower than the previous year and the
rate is pretty much the same. It's only two per cent higher. But I think the
point so remains, which is that if a forecast is a 116 and
last year it was only £50. So kind of like, if
I go back to this, the forecast is a
£119 for the studio. But last year it was only £49. So to me, that doesn't seem
very valid because well, if last year was 49, hi Kenny. How can you be more
than a 100% increase? If I double this, we're still only at 98. This is more than double. So I think as long as the, as long as the forecast and the historical
relatively similar, or as long as the
historic is higher than the forecast,
then that's okay. But if we have a situation
like this where the forecast is ridiculously high in
the historic is very low, then, then you clearly
know there is a bit of an issue or maybe there's
an issue with the data. So this is again, already calculated for you. So you can see the
criteria is here. The criteria is passed
if the forecast is less than 20 per cent increase
of the historic rates. Now this is not a 20% increase, this is a twenty-nine
percent decrease of S, okay? And this is only a 2% increase. So this will be
calculated for you. Now, the next thing is
the agency feedback. So let me zoom in. What I mean by this is that in the marketing
section we will be covering a lot of different services,
accommodation agencies. Now, you can actually get in
touch with these agencies and you can request a lot of information about the
area you're looking at. So I did this exercise with a location which is
called brac null. I believe we've
mentioned it here. So we have brac null here. And I send them an e-mail asking them for
some information. And what we'll do in the
task guidance section, I will include an
email template so you can see what type of
e-mail you need to send. Now, you don't always get a
response because a lot of these companies are very busy and there's probably a lot
of people emailing them. So you might have been
chased them a few times. You won't necessarily always, always get a response. And another thing to note is the more agencies
you can e-mail the better because not all agencies cover all areas
exactly the same way. So in this example we are, for example, but this analyzer we're looking at Milton Keynes. Now silver door might not be a big operator in Milton Keynes, but Situ might be a big
operation in Milton Keynes. So again, take it with a bit
of pension, pinch of salt. So with brac null, we sent an email and they told us the number of inquiries
in the region a 120. The average length of stay was just under a month, 24 nights. The conversion rate from
inquiry to booking is higher than the average
at about 35 per cent, which is actually,
which is really good, actually that's the best
for the person had told me. So what I would do is
under the agency feedback, I would write down silver door, 120 inquiries, 24 day, stay, 35 per cent conversion. And they're saying that's
really good for the area. And then I'll just
continue doing that for the rest
of the agencies, which there is Situ, Sacco and so on and so on. Now, like I said, when you
get feedback from them, it's, it doesn't necessarily give you a score out of ten because, well, it's a 120. Amazing or how good is a 120? You don't necessarily know because there's nothing
to compare it to, but at least you have
some information. For example, we
did this with one area once and they said, I can't remember
the area exactly, but I believe they
mentioned that there was an area which you to
get a lot of bookings. And now since some
employers have moved out, there aren't that many
bookings anymore. So again, that's very,
very good insight. So the more inside you can get
from agencies that better. But like I said, you won't always get our response to them. Sometimes it might be reluctant
to keep information out. It just depends who
you catch on the day and if you chase them a few
times and so on and so on. And that's essentially
how a lot of this works. But I will include an
email template and I will include a list of agencies in
the task guidance section. So these will be silver door
situate Sacco Bridge Street, and the list goes on and on. And that is the objective here, which is to get agency feedback. And if the response is positive, it only further
fuels our research. And it's indicated, well, this is a good area and we can
make money with this area. The next thing we
need to look at are the major hotel chains. Again, this is if there are major hotel
chains in the area, this is again a positive sign because it made her hotel
chains are in the area. It means they've done
a lot of research. They know there's people coming. They spent a lot of time
working all this stuff out. So if I go on to Google, what I've done is I've
set Milton Keynes hotels. So again, if I go back a step, you can just put
this into Google. All I've done is set to Milton Keynes hotels because that's the
area we're looking at. And then click maps. Now this will, this will show
you the Milton Keynes area. Let me just zoom in for you slightly. And I believe this is.
6. Area Pricing Analysis: In this video, we'll be covering the pricing analysis and
how to set your prices. So the first thing
we need to do, there's only two things
we have to input in this in order to work out what
the prices should be. So the thing we have to
input is called a rev par, which stands for revenue
per available property. It doesn't really matter too
much about what that means, what is relevant as we don't
necessarily need to use it. We just need to know
what these numbers are in order to calculate
what the prices are. So if we go on to back onto a DNA and we click onto price, and then click onto seasonality. It will give you
two figures here. They're RevPAR and
the weekend RevPAR. So now you can select the
two-bedroom property, since that is the property
we're looking at. Again, it doesn't
really change it too much in this particular
case. Anyway. Now, what RevPAR is the
revenue per available rental, which is divided by daily rental revenue
by the number of listings available to rent. So they look at the
revenue generated by all the properties
in the area divided by the number of properties
in that particular area. So this doesn't necessarily mean the rates
that were charging is just stands for total revenue divided
by the number of units. Because while not
every single unit is built on every single day, while I would assume
a 100% occupancy. So I'm not entirely sure
why this is required. I think it is something
which hotels use more so than apartments
because I guess it might be more relevant
to them to look at. Well, how much
revenue did we make? How much revenue did each
roommate, for example, if you have a hotel with
50 rooms or 100 rooms, that would be useful to them. Whereas when you only
have a few apartments, I can't really see
why this would be irrelevant to be useful, but it does help with one aspect which is
clearly in this area. We can see that the red bar is lower on week weekdays
and higher on weekends. What we will do is
take these numbers, 6477 for the weekday
and weekend, and we will plug
them here, 6477. Now, what that does is
that we'll start to give us all the numbers we
need in terms of pricing. Now, I will go through this
step-by-step and show you exactly how the prices
are calculated. So the first thing
which is calculated is essentially the
average daily rate without the cleaning fee. So what that means
is that so far, if I go back onto the
rental rent analyzer, we said that the average
daily forecast is a £116. We can tie it to a £116. But if you look at a DNA and if I go back on to
rates for example, or even if I go
back to Overview, if you look at the
average daily rate, this is the average book nightly rate plus
the cleaning fee. So when we have the £116, this actually includes
the cleaning fee as well. But now we know that the
numbers we have said is the cleaning fee is
£20 for the cleaning, £20 for the laundry, and £4 for the replenishments. So if I go into pricing that, we can see that the cleaning
fee really needs to be £44 per state because while
it cost us 20 to clean, 20 to do laundry and four
for the replenishments. So when you have a £116, which includes the cleaning fee, we also know that the average
stay is three nights. So if if people book for three nights and
they were paying a £116 every single night, that would mean we have 116 multiplied by three,
which is £348. But if we take away
the cleaning fee, because well, 44 of that 348 is athlete is
actually the cleaning. So if we get rid of
the cleaning fee, we only have £304 left. And across three nights, that is a £101. So again, that is how the
numbers are calculated, which is that every number
we've looked at in terms of pricing previously
included cleaning. Now we want to
separate them out. So say, Well, this is my nightly rate and this
is my cleaning rate. So we have to separate them out. That's essentially what
has happened here, which is the cleaning fees already calculated
for you based on the fact that you put in
your cleaning numbers here. I will just go through this
in a bit of a weird order. So next we have the
extra guest fee. Now with service
combination pricing. For the first two guests, there is they're included
in the base price. So for example, the base
price here is £101. So if only to people
who are booking, it would pay £101. But now let's say you have
a two-bedroom property which sleeps for people. So what would happen is
they would pay £101. Plus anywhere between 15 to £20 for the guests for guest number three and
guest number four. So that's why I
say three onwards. So for example, for two people, it would be 101. For three people it
would be 101 plus 15. So that is 1164 for
people it would be 116 plus another 15, which would make it 131. So essentially, from guest
number three onwards, you can charge
another 15 to £20 per guest on top of your
average daily rate. So this is your cleaning fee. This is how much you can
charge extra per guest. Now, on Airbnb, this is very, very easy to do under pricing. You can simply set
this as an extra fee. If you want to set
this on Booking.com, you will have to contact your account manager and you will have to
tell them that you want to set up £15 fee on
top of your base rate, on top of your
booking.com base rate. And they will have
to do that for you. Just let them know
that for anyone. If we have more than two guests, so it gets number 3456. We want to have another £15
for every single increase. So those are those two fees. The next we have is, let's go through
this section here. So Airbnb, I've already
mentioned to you that the reason is that £101 is because they
cleaning fees deducted. The average weekday rate is £91 and the average
we can rate is £110. The way this is calculated
is because as you can see, there is a bit of a difference
that we taste is cheaper. Ends are higher. So these are calculated
in the same proportion, the same ratio as these here. So by, as you can see, the difference is
in a relatively the same in terms of percentage. So for example, you can see there's a bit of
a difference here and the same difference is
is shown here as well. Because as we know that we are cheaper and weekends
are higher in this area. And I've done some calculations to adjust these numbers for you. So if you wanted to say
weekday race and we can rate, these are what the
race would be. Now, this one is
really, really easy. Like I told you before, if I go into the
rental rent analyzer, we have a 3% transaction fee. Now the reason we have
a 3% fee is because Airbnb charges are three
per cent commission. Now you might be thinking,
well, why is it 3%? Booking.com child is 15%, so it shouldn't this be higher? And the reason I told you before that is non higher is because on Booking.com we actually charge a higher price even though we pay more commission
at the end of the day, it turns out to be
exactly the same. So if I show you here on Airbnb, the Nike rate on
average is £101. But for Booking.com, we actually have a markup of 16, 16%. What that means is that we've
priced Booking.com pricing 16% higher in order to
include the extra Commission. And also, if I go back
to the rent to rent analyzer in order to
include this fee here. Now, on booking on Airbnb, we don't actually pay any
transaction fees to strike. But on Booking.com we have to pay a one-point
four per cent fee. So because we have to pay
extra commission and because we have to pay for
this trophies, we have increased
the price by 16%. So the money we receive at the other day is
exactly the same. So this column here
is essentially 16% more of the AV
and be pricing. We then move on to discount. Again, the discounts
are calculated for you. So the weekly
discount you can set to six per cent, monthly, ten per cent, early
bird, ten per cent, and last minute, ten per cent. Now the way these are
calculated as essentially, for example, if we, if our aim is to get 80% occupancy and someone
books for one month. So essentially we
have 100% occupancy. We can give them a bit of
a discount and still end up making more money than
we previously would have. So that is how those
numbers I calculated. Again, very, very simple, but these are the
discounts you need to set. So again, this is all
calculated for you. Early bird, we
offer ten per cent, last-minute, we
offered ten per cent. Now finally, we get onto the last thing which
is pricing software. We will be using some
pricing software. It's for, for example,
beyond pricing price lamps. And when you use
pressing software, generally asked you for
two prices, which is, well, what is the base price, which really means what is the average price
you want to set? And the average price we want to set is essentially the same as the average ABM be
price, which is 101. And they also asked you, what's the minimum you
are willing to accept. Again, we will actually
set the minimum as the same as the base. The reason is because
we've already set our discount in Airbnb
and Booking.com. We don't want to
offer more discounts on top of the discounts
we've already said. So if you use a
pricing software, then essentially
what you need to do is make sure your base and your minimum are
the same because the discounts have
already been set. Now. And with a lot of this software. So for example, we
will get onto guess D, which is a channel
manager we will use to set the pricing. There is a section
for Booking.com markup and we will
set a 16% markup. Now, if you're not using a pricing software and
you will use, you know, just setting one price or one base price or you're
using the channel menu, set your price
than the price you said is essentially
this one here. You ignore the weekdays and
you ignore the weekends. You just set one average price, which is this number here. And you also select
your mockup of 16%. Now, what I will do
is that will give you a very good average
across all your rates. So that would be
the easiest way. And when you're starting out, when you're making your V&V listing and when you're making you're picking up on this thing, I would suggest to you, you just start off with
the average base price, which is a £101 in this case. And on Booking.com, of course, there is a 16% markup. So when you make
your Airbnb account and it asks you for a
price, you will set this. And for Booking.com, you
will set this one here. Later on when you started
using pricing software, you can set these are the
base and as the minimum. Now, you might have to watch
this video a couple of times because there
is a lot going on. There's a lot of different
numbers you need to you don't necessarily need to understand how the numbers are calculated, but you do need to
get a good idea of what the number is reflect. But to put very simply and to give you
a bit of a summary, all you have to do is
fill in these two here. When you make your
AirBnB a talent, this is a number you plug in when you make your
booking.com account. This is the price you set
for AirBnB and Booking.com. You sit a cleaning fee or £44 for extra guests beyond two. So after two, you set an
increase of 15 to £20. And these are the
discounts you need to set and down the line. Once you have a
pricing software, you can simply have the
Airbnb price as a base price. Again, the Airbnb peice
as a lowest price and have a booking.com
mock-up of 16 per cent. So watch this video a couple of times where
two to three times, just to get a good
understanding, it can be a bit
confusing at first, but you'll get the hang of
this very, very quickly. And I will make a summary of this in the task garden
section as well, so you can simply copy
and paste that pricing. So I believe the first
thing you need to do is essentially just get up and
running and set these prices. And over time you can, if you need to treat them, you can tweak them. So that is all we have to
do for the pricing section, which is complete
these two fields here and everything will, everything else will
be camouflaged for you with the pricing analysis.
7. Analysing The Occupancy: So finally, if you look on the last sheet on the
deal analytics system, you have what is known
as the occupancy table. Now, there isn't
anything really you have to do here is just a table which shows you the
different amount of profits you can make
based on the occupancy. And it's just something
good to see that where you stand with this
particular deals. So as you can see on
the first column, we have occupancy again from
0% all the way to 100%. And then it tells you, well,
how much revenue can you make based on, well, these occupancy, so if
you were fully booked, you would have a rental
income of £3,480. Then it tells you the total cost based on those occupancies. And then finally it
tells you the profit. Now, we want to be at
a stage where we're breaking even
around 50 per cent. Now, in the south of England, sometimes this can be around 55 per cent or just slightly higher
than 55 per cent. Hence, if I go back onto
the rent to rent analyzer, we have the criteria is to
break-even around 50 per cent, but if it's between 50 to 60, depending on the
area, can be okay. But ideally we want to
be around this mark K, which is the 50 per cent break-even the closer
we are to this, that barrier, that means
in half the month, we cover all our costs. The breakeven is 50 per cent. And again, it does
seem to match because, I mean, for example,
the loss is only £2.56. Let me just make
this bigger for you. That loss is only £2.56, which essentially means
we're break-even. We're covering all our
cost at 50 per cent. Now, the target occupancy, like I mentioned before, is really around the
80 per cent mark. That's really where we want to be when it comes to ourselves
commendation business. And if we go to 80
per cent, then we, we are essentially here, which is the profits of
£811 every single month. I believe. If I go back to the
rental rent analysis, the forecast is around 65
per cent based on a VMB. So the forecast is saying we are roughly around
this area here, which is £404 every
single month. But this is where we were, where we essentially want to be. So this is just a quick summary of essentially you will deal. And so you can quickly see
where you sort of said. So break-even forecast is here and then the
target is here. Just to sum up on this
as well, that yes, of course the forecast is
indicating this level here. So let me just write
the word forecast. But this is based on
Airbnb information alone. This assumes that, you know, if we weren't doing
anything else, but if I go into the
further analysis, we really want to be looking at, well, what the
agencies are saying. They're getting much
business there. We really want to be
tapping into that. We also look at the past data and we
see that historically, well, occupancy was
much, much higher. So the potentially, it
could even be higher. But again, when we
do our numbers, we want to be conservative. We want to at least make
good amount of money based on the forecast and
anything above that is a bonus, but it can never
really be guaranteed because when it
comes to agencies, you don't necessarily
always get information from them and you can't
exactly compare data. So that is essentially how we do deal with
analysis in summary, which is we look at Airbnb would base our
numbers on Airbnb. But really we want to be
around that target here. And that's what we're hoping to get based on the fact
that we've done for further analysis and
it's shown as well as companies is big hotels. There's a lot of agencies
in this particular area. And even at the forecast
forecasted level, if I go back onto the
rental rent analyzer, we have two criterias and
both these criteria is essentially have to pass based
on the forecast of levels, not at high 80 per cent levels, but based on forecast. So just to quickly
sum that up again, in the main criteria is
that in the first year, we want to make all
our money back, the investment we have spent,
we want to make it back. So in year two, year three, year four, its entire,
entire profit. And in this deal, rationally
getting more than the money we've spent while
we're on this subject. One more thing to note
here is that even though we are
essentially looking to make all our money
back in year one. This is where subs
combination gets good there, for example, if you look
at your Properties, setup fees, and in terms of your investment in
this case is 42 to 3. Well, the reality
is that is actually technically not your
full investment, like in the sense
that let's say you go in by some camera
equipment because you want to film videos
and you spend £4,223 on camera equipment, well, then all their money is essentially your money
is tied up and you won't necessarily get that money back because you spent all their
money on camera equipment and you're looking
to turn that into our profit by making
videos and selling videos. But if you look at
this case here, the properties set of fees, we have spent £1100
on the rent advance. But when we give
the property bag, this rented bonds actually just comes off the
last month's rent. Because, for example, think of a tendency of you signed for maybe yourself or your family, or if you have kids, when they go to
university, you've signed a tendency or whatever. Whenever you have a rented bonds that is actually just
the last month's rent, they just want it upfront. So technically, what will happen is your
last month's profit will just be inflated by £1100 because you don't
have any rent to pay. So I personally don't really consider this as an investment. I know it is a setup
fee and we need this money in order
to get started with. Technically, it's not really an investment because you simply just get it bank whenever
you give the keys back. And the same actually applies
for the deposit as well, which is you pay a
£1500 deposited, but as long as you don't
damage the property, you also get your deposit back. So the only thing you
don't get back are the fees and the furniture cost. Because while once you've bought a sofa and the surface
a couple of years old, you can't really do
anything with it. The only thing you can do
is you can bend the sofa. So really the 42 to
three you spent, this is really the only money
is technically cost you because this money you just get back whenever you
give the keys back. Your investment isn't
even for two to three, is actually only about £1600. Maybe you lose some of your
deposit because they have to maybe clean the carpet or
lick of paint here and there. So maybe let's say you
lose a few £100 of fat. That means your
investment might be 1500 plus one hundred,
sixteen hundred. Let's say you lose
400 of your deposit. Your total investment is
only about 2 thousand re, because a lot of the
money you're getting back when you give
the keys back. And in the first year, you're making back
about £5 thousand. So that is just another
way of looking at it. That is how I personally
look at these investments. But it is still
important to know that this is how
much it's going to cost to get up and
running and we still want to be
making that back. The criteria is we want to
make the money we spent back. So year 234, pure profit. And when we give the keys
back, whenever that is, we also get a large portion
of this money back. So that is how I look at deals. This is how the Sioux, why we do the forecast and we have the target occupancies,
so on and so on. But this table is just very, very helpful in knowing
essentially where you are with this deal and when you sit
when it comes to the criteria. So for example, this
is the breakeven, this is where we want
to be and currently we sit around here. So it just gives you a quick
summary of the entire deal. Nothing really you need
to do here per se.
8. Analysing Purchased Properties: In this video, we'll
be going through the service compilation
deal analyzer. If you were purchasing the
property or if you already own the property that you're looking to do saves
combination in. So for simplicity and so you
get a better comparison. I've actually kept the
numbers exactly the same. So we're essentially looking at this same deal as we were
in the rent and rent case, which is the two-bedroom
flat and Milton Keynes. So I've kept the numbers
exactly the same. So you can see how the
deal would look if you did a rent to rent on that
property compared to well, what if you already own
the property and that was your your your own apartment. So how will the numbers differ? How would the deal at differ? So again, the property detail situation
is exactly the same, which is Milton Keynes. We're looking at the town center or a two-bedroom property. Part furnished exactly
the same property. And the inputs I've kept
exactly the same as well, which is well, the
forecast we said was £116. There are minimum occupancy was 65 per cent and the
minimum day stay was three days to
three days minimum. I would like you
like you can see the numbers are exactly
the same as before. And I think this will make the comparison a lot lot easier because you'll be able to see well, as it rent to rent. We were making this
much and as, you know, as a as a property that we own, how much could we
potentially make? Now, one difference here
is this section here, which is last time
we had a section about properties setup fees, which included your deposit, your rent advance, and letting agent fees, all those things. Now you don't have that if
you already own the property. So we've eliminated that section and we've replaced it
with ASD cashflow. The reason we have AST cashflow is because we want to know well, if the property is
making this much, which is £337.69 every single
month as an AST property. Well, how much can I make as a service
accommodation property? How much more money can
I make in the process? And if I make a lot more
money than it might be worthwhile converting that property into
service accommodation. And if we can massively
boost the cashflow. So if we go through this, the first thing you need
to input is the rent. The rent here, your mortgage. So how much are you paying
your monthly mortgage cost? You have your management fees. So these are typically
you're letting agent fees and you can
select 0 per cent, five per cent, or ten per cent. Now, if I typical letting agent will charge
about ten per cent. So you can put ten
per cent if you have a normal learning agent, if you're all self-managing the property so you don't
have a linear gauge and you can simply change
this to 0 per cent. But typically I'll let engage in charters about ten per cent, so we'll leave this at ten. Then you have the
service charge, which is a monthly
service charges. Now, this is only four
flats by the way, this doesn't exist for houses. So if you are an E-flat and you pay service charge
every single month, which you will do if you are
in an apartment building. So you can input your
monthly service charge here. You can add your ground
rent in this box here. Now the ground rent
is typically paid annually or is paid
every six months. So you can put the annual
ground rent here and it will calculate how much
that is every single month. And finally, you have voids. Voids essentially means
that it's very unrealistic. The property is going
to be a rented out every single day over
the course of a year, unless you have a very,
very long tenant who stays for two or
three years or so. So avoids essentially means that period that property
is empty before, because while there is a
switch in the tenancy. So now let's say
you have a tenant to moves into the property and they they then leave the properties of
the vacate their tenancy. There might be a
couple of weeks before you get all this stuff out, maybe do a bit of a paint and prepared the property
for the next ten, hundreds of marketing to
get someone else in there. And that person might
take about two weeks. So we will assume
that two weeks every single year the property
is empty for void. Now, you can switch
this if you want, and there's three options. You can say, well, my
property is never empty, so 02 weeks or four weeks. Now, two weeks
seems about right. It seems pretty common. So we will leave
this at two weeks. So a fair monthly cash-flow
if you own this property. In the case of Milton Keynes, because we said the rent was 1100 when we were looking at
this as a renter end deal, you can safely say that the mortgage, the
mortgage, sorry, the net monthly cash
flow should be about £337 every single month. Now, this can be higher or lower based on whatever
your mortgages. But that is the number I
put in for the time being, which seems about right for our property in that
particular area. So this is the monthly cash-flow you're receiving
every single month. Now we go into the next section. And as you can see, the next session is exactly
the same as before. Nothing changes because they're running cost of the property
is going to be exactly the same in terms of your bills and or transaction costs
and so on and so on. So that says exactly the same. Finally, we have this
segment here, which again, the formatting remains exactly the same in terms of the layout. But as you can see, your profits and out considerably different. Your monthly forecast, your profits at the monthly
forecast occupancy, and are much much higher. I believe in their rent
or encase this looked like around £400
every single month, 404, and now that's jumped to about £900 every
single month. The reason for that is is that because your
costs are now much, much lower when you are doing a renter end, your monthly cost. Just a rental alone is £1100. Whereas when you, when
you own the property, because your mortgage
is always much, much lower than their rent, you also have an
additional buffer for that particular reason. So in this case, as you can see, that previously it
was about £400, I think £400, and now
it's increased by £500, which is £900 profit
almost every single month. So again, the format
stays exactly the same, but profits are massively higher compared to
before purely because, well now you're
paying a mortgage rather than paying monthly rent. And then we get down to
the deal analysis section. And again, we have the criteria of the monthly
break-even occupancy. So the criteria is 50 per cent. If you press the
getValue button, it will tell you what it is. In reality and in this case
is thirty-two percent. And even though, as you can see, is massively
decreased in before, purely because while
now you're paying mortgage as your cost
rather than rent. So because there's
a £600 difference, which you don't
have to necessarily pay every single month
in order to break even your breakeven occupancy
is much, much lower. And finally, we have this last table here which
shows you a comparison. So as, AST, this was making
£337 every single month. And now we can see that just up here when we looked
at the AST cash-flow. Now at the forecasted occupancy, which is in this
case 65% because, well, that is the
number we input here. At 65%, we should be making around £894 every single month, which is a 165% increase compared to what you
would have made on a EST. So it's more than doubled, it's a 165% increase. And if we look at the service combination
income at the forecourt, sorry, at the target
occupancy of 80 per cent. So if we're looking
at this column here, we should be making about
£1300 every single month. Now, if we make £1300 as almost a thousand pounds more compared to where
we were making as, AST. Now, that is a percentage
increase of 285 per cent. So that means your income is almost tripled when
it comes to running this as service
accommodation and achieving the target occupancy
of 80 per cent. Now, that is essentially how the purchasing
analyzer works. It is pretty much the same as
the rent to rent analyzer, except for a few
small differences. When it comes to
everything else, it remains exactly the same and the pricing remains
exactly the same. The occupancy table, again, is slightly different
because now your costs are much, much lower. So we want to do breakeven
around 50 per cent. And I believe on
our interim deal, it was around 50 per cent. But now you can see
you're breaking even at about 35 per cent. So the rest of the deal
analysis stays exactly the same except for the
analyzers sheet itself. And this will show you exactly
how much money you can make on a property
if you purchased it, compared purchased it and run intercepts
combination compared to a property you either purchase or you already
currently owned. And you were running this as a normal AST or
normal along lead. And this is essentially the main table which you
need to be looking at when it comes to making a decision while actually
run this property, has service accommodation
or shall I keep it on unnormal, long tenancy. And if you can make 1.5 times the amount
of money increase, or essentially almost three
times the amount of money. It's actually even more than
three times the amount of money because there's
285 per cent, so it is considerably a lot
more money than before. So that is how you analyze
the purchasing deal, compare it to AST, and essentially make a decision. Well, should I run this
as AST or should I convert this into a service or accommodation and property?
9. Hiring Cleaners: So this is how you find
cleaners in any given area. So when you go into Facebook, first thing you
have to do is input your town or city name
in the search bar. Now, when I do that, a whole
bunch of stuff comes up. The next thing I need to do on the left-hand side
is click Groups. Now, once I'm in groups, which you have to do
is try to find a group which is relevant for you. So for example, in this case, I guess if I'm looking
at Peterborough, what I would do is possibly
look at this one here, which is Peterborough small
business advertising. You might be able to
post in there and ask for any cleaner recommendations. That might be one
way of doing it. Best jobs in period
where you might be able to post them there. The rest don't seem too relevant to essentially
what we're looking for. Again, you have jobs in
around Peterborough. So that might be
another good place or even the Peterborough
business hub. So that's one way of doing
it which is finding groups. Now this might be better in some areas compared to others. It doesn't work
every single time. But if you do have some pages and it can be a great way
of essentially putting some posts out and your local area and seeing if there are any cleaners or if anyone has any recommendation
for cleaners. So that's the first
thing you can do. The second way of hiring
cleaners in any area. This is, this has a much, much higher success rate
because there's platform is designed exactly for this
reason, which has Care.com. Now, on Care.com is
essentially a website which you can use for hiring
anything to do with care. Essentially, you have tutors,
childcare, elderly care, pet care, and the one we're interested in,
which is housekeepers. Now, you have a whole
bunch of people here, but this is not exactly how we are going
to be doing this. Are we going to do
is if I put in PE1, we have some
Peterborough postcards. I am an individual or business. It doesn't really
matter too much. Hire employees. So essentially what
you're doing is you're just how many people are. I think it might even
be easier if you just search as an individual or
rather than as a business. So it's like I'm an individual,
you're finding care. You're not finding a job. Then essentially you
need household help. What you need is a housekeeper. And you can take what
you need for cleaning, window cleaning, and laundry. If you want to select some more stamp which
is relevant for you, then you essentially
select those. I would just leave it pretty
generic to be honest, maybe even click this one which is end of tenancy cleaning, but in mind, eliminated
a lot of people. So play around with these settings and see
what you end up getting. So click Next. And this will we have to make
your own account. Now, Care.com is a paid service, but it is a very useful. I've used it a few times and every single time it
does seem to work really well because it is
page you end up getting much, much better people on there because even the people who advertise their
services on there, they have to pay in order to
be there in the first place. So those are the two ways
you can hire cleaners. They both work. I believe Facebook
is a good way, but you don't always succeed, whereas you don't
necessarily have to pay. So it is worth doing and you can get some good local
recommendations. And if that doesn't
work for you, simply use Care.com and in patrol area and find
cleansing new area. And this also, I believe has
reviews and so on and so on. So you end up getting
someone who's really good. You only need to do this for about one month in
a refined someone. So I think it costs about, if I look at pricing, maybe they mentioned
pricing here. Okay, I believe it
is not mentioned, but I believe pricing
is something along the lines of £10 a
month or £15 a month. But you all need this
for one month in the first month when you're
finding these cleaners. So you're all here. You only need it
for one month, £15, and you can end up getting someone who is
already ready. Good. What I would do is find as many good ones as
possible, interview them, and then try them and
see which one fits the best and which one is worth
working with in the long run.
10. Hiring a Maintenance Person: So alongside cleaners,
another person you need on your team is a good
maintenance person. Now, with subs combination, you do have small
Nagle's here and there. There might be a leaky
tab which has to be fixed very quickly. There might be a heating
issue, water issue. So nothing major, but you do need a person who
can attend these. And if there is an issue, someone who can fix these
very, very quickly. So other than cleaners, the second person need on your team is a good
maintenance person. Now, where can you find
a good mentions person? Again, two main ways. The first one is through recommendations similar
to cleaners and again, very similar to clean
is the second one is through Facebook groups. So what you want to
do is if you know a local handyman mentioned as personal or maybe
you use one or again, reach out to people in your, your friends and
family circle and see if they know someone who can do the odd jobs here and there. Or if you don't know
anyone, then again, using the same
strategy as cleaners, we go onto Facebook
groups and we put out some some posts saying, Well, are there any maintenance
people in this group, any handyman or does
anyone know any? And again, you will
shortly find some. And again you have two
or three on your books. And when there's
an issue, you can send them to have a
look at that problem. You want to make sure they can fix these small
things so you want to know what's their
experience they have when it comes to heating, water or gas, those
sort of things. So again, they're not engineers are not doing anything big, but then I had to
fix small things. So you need to get
mentioned this person on your team and those are the
two best ways of finding one.
11. Linen Supplier: So one of the things
that you need in your service convention
business is the linen. Quite obviously. There's essentially
two different options when it
comes to the end. And you can either
one high ligand or the second thing you can
do is you can buy linen. So now, well, what
is the difference? Well, if you're
hiring essentially, what you're doing is
you're renting linen and every week a new
delivery comes with, not brand new linen, but of course there's
commercially clean, commercially pressed, and it's just like very
good quality Lin or the other option is that
you maybe by three sets. So I think we've
mentioned this before, which is you buy three
sets and you have a rotation policy which is there is one set
with a guest users, which is on the bed. One set. So for example, the
cleanest come in, they take that
off, they put into the washing machine,
they leave that to dry. And then you have another set which then
goes onto the bed. So it's like a bit
of a rotation policy that one's on the bed, one is being washed and dried
and one is ready to go. And every time
there's a checkout, the clinic comes into that one goes there,
that one goes there. And silica rotation policy. There's, there's pros and
cons with, of course both. Now, the good thing
about bind linen is that it can be cheaper
if you're cleaning, washing it themselves,
and you don't have to worry about a minimum
orders and so on and so on. Because when you hire linen, you can't just say
to them, Well, I want 11 sheet a
week or once a week. There's minimum orders that
you have to comply by. Whereas if you own the linen yourself and all you
have to do is well, every time there's a
checkout, just wash and dry, then there's no You don't have any sort of
restrictions or you're not stuck with any sort
of limitations that well, I have to order minimum three
weeks, so on and so on. So that is the positive when
it comes to buying linen. The problem with buying
the linen though, is that I think a lot of linen, especially towels
and so on and so on. Once you've watched
them a few times, the quality isn't the same. And if a guest gets makeup on them or a lipstick or
spill something on them, a lot of the times is very, very hard to get the stains out. Whereas hi linen, that's not really your
responsibility because they now is gonna get dirty
and when it goes to get commercially cleaned, impressed by the time
you get it back, is in very good condition. So the problem with
hiring learning can be the fact that it's
a bit more expensive, but at the same time is
much, much better quality. You will guess we'll
leave you better reviews. They won't complain. And overtime that
will be worth it. Especially as you
get more properties, more apartments, more houses. What will happen is
that cost will be spread out amongst more, more properties and therefore, the cost will go down
over time anyway. So my personal
recommendation would be to high lane rather than violin, purely because equality is much, much better, you'll
get better reviews. And again, if you find a good company which has a
low minimum order initially, then that will help
you massively as well. So I would personally recommend
high linen is just much, much easier when it
comes to your cleaners. Again, they might not want to do the washing and
drying and ironing. Whereas again, if
you just give it to a company by the time it comes to you is it's very, very nicely laid out, is flat packed, It's
IN pressed everything. So I would personally say go
with the hiring approach. Now, when it comes to hiring, what are the options? So the first one is
stalled Brit, linen. Now strawberries linen is one of the biggest linen providers as a commercial linen
provider across the UK. And they will essentially supply and linen in most places. So what you would have to
do is go into their website and enter your area and get
a quote from stole bridge. Or if you don't want to use salt bridge now the
second thing you can do is essentially get a
quote by local companies. So now let's say you live in Pittsburgh where you
need to do is Google, Peterborough linen providers or Peterborough linen higher
or Peterborough linen. And see which companies come
up and you say to them, Well, we're similar to a hotel. We have apartments or houses. We need weekly supply of linen and then get
a quote from them. Tell them we have a property which is a three-bedroom
house and we have three single beds in two double beds and we
need this many towels. What's the minimum
order you have? What are your rates? And then take those rates
and then compare them to the rate of storage and essentially walk out where
you can get the best deal. Now from experience, if you can find a local linen provider, it is generally better and it's cheaper than going with
a national company. Who again, is a very,
very big outfit. They aren't good, but sometimes it can be a lot more
expensive as well. So if you can find a linen
company which is local. And again, it's one of those things that if you
get a small local company, you can grow with them
as you get bigger, there are a lot more flexible, there are a lot more willing
to help you out with things. Whereas when you go with
the national provider that they have set ways
of doing things. So for example, we use local company for a lot
of fire departments and sometimes if we end up needing a bit more linen or
so on and so on, I can just call
the guy on my team can call the guy
and it's just much, much easier to deal with. Whereas if you go with a big
company, there's, there's, you can't just change orders
quickly and so on and so on. So there's a, it's a, it's a bit more rigid. So ideally what you need
to do is you need to hide in and either
use stole bridge, which is again a
very good option. I'm not taking anything
away from them. Or you can use a
local linen provider, get awkward from them and
compare the two quotes. And essentially fighting
a linen provider who can cater for your properties.
12. Phone Service: In this video, I'll be
showing you how you can set up a virtual phone number and essentially set up an answer or a phone
answering service. Now, the reason you need
this is because when you have a business,
for example, you might be at work and the
guest might be calling you, or maybe a landlord or a lead engaging might be calling you because they have
a potential deal. And if it goes to your
personal phone number one, it doesn't look
very professional. And second, you might
end up missing a lot of those phone calls
because you might be maybe busy or having dinner or maybe just a work
and so on and so on. So the first thing you need
is a virtual phone number, so it seems a lot
more professional. The second thing you need is
a way of someone picking up that phone for you rather
than you picking up that phone yourself because
while you might be busy. So now in terms of getting
the virtual phone number, and I will put a link
to this as well. The company we use is called ear receptionist
dot code dot UK. Now, once you're
on the main page, you can simply click
the button here which says, Get Started risk-free. Now again, when
you might sign up, it might say something else, but that is essentially
what you need to click. The package you can go for is
the cheapest package here, which is a pain you
pay as you go package. Now, all you really
need is a phone number. You don't necessarily
need these packages because you can use your own phone to
make the phone calls. You don't necessarily need
minutes and so on and so on. So you can essentially
use this service here, which is get a number
of width pay-as-you-go. And if you click Sign Up Now, now that will tell you which
country you need to pick. And then you can pick
three types of numbers. You can take a local, national, or free phone. I would recommend maybe
it's best to go with a national number
purely because if you, let's say you operate
in Peterborough, but you end up taking
a deal in London. So because you haven't found your area yet and you haven't
really found a witch. Properties are going to
be taking which areas. It might be difficult to
take a local numbers since you don't know which area
you are going to be in. Whereas if you take a
national number is sort of applies to any place
in the country ready. So if you select
national and then pick any 330 number or three T3, I would recommend
it three number as opposed to an eight number. So I'm because people
with eight numbers aren't always sure if
it's free or paid. But you can take a
landline number, which is 330 number, or if you know which area you're going to be investing in, you can just go for a local
number and essentially pick the city you want to be in, and essentially you get
a number from there. So if you're unsure about
your area, pick National. If you know exactly where
you're going to invest. For example, in London,
then you can just go for a local number and pick
the correct area code. Now once you have that,
you're essentially putting your own number and you simply check out
and from there on, you have that virtual number. Now, once you have
that virtual number, you have to go to
answer dot cottage, UK. Again, I will put
a link for this. And how this works is
you forward that you use that virtual number
and you input it onto answer Dakota UK. And what will happen
is when you have the number on your
website or you give it, maybe let's say you put it on a business card or
so on and so on. Anytime someone calls a
number, it won't go to you. It will go to answer
dot code at UK. And also color UK will take a message on
behalf of your company. So let's say your
company is called Zoom. They will say, hello, Zoom apartments or resume
accommodation. How can I help? And they will take your message, and once they've
taken a message, they will send you
a text message, and they will send you an email with the person's phone number, their name, and the message they left on the answer service, and then you can get back
to them whenever you, please, whenever you have time. So the way our pseudocode a UK works is they have
different pricing plans. I would recommend you go
with top top-up bundle one, which is four
Twenty-five pounds. And roughly each coal
will cost you £1.20. So every time someone
calls this number, it charges you £1.20, which isn't too bad because
you're not going to be getting a ridiculous
amount of calls anyway. But you do need a
way whereby you can take all the calls and
take all the messages without you having
to deal with that yourself all the time. So essentially you can pick one of the bundle
that you can click. Get started filling
all your details, filling your phone number, and simply, simply use your new version
number two input onto here. Those calls will then be passed on to you via
text message and e-mail. Again, very, very
simple process. If you need any help, you can always ask them
questions through FAQs and by contacted them so they can help you out
with getting started. But those are the
two things you need. You need your receptionist in order to get the virtual number, followed by an Suricata
UK in order for someone to pick up their number
every time someone calls.
13. Website Domain: In this session, we're
going to be setting up our website and also
our e-mail address. So now in order to
setup our website, the first thing we need
to do is buy a domain. A domain essentially means your website name or
your website URL, whatever you want to call this. So now the platform I
use is called GoDaddy. You've probably
heard a fair they have ads on the TV all the time. So essentially you
can go to GoDaddy.com and it might take you
onto a page like this. Now, when drawn to this page, you can click domains up
here or click domains here. So essentially we
need our own www dot followed by your company
name, essentially. So you click on this. And now it says, well, you know what sort
of name do you want? So maybe your company is
called Zoom accommodation. So let's say we put it in Zoom accommodation,
it starts finding it. Okay, so you can get Zoom accommodation
dot colored UK for, for 99 every year. And then in my renew, it might be a bit
more expensive than a couple of more years or
something along those lines. So you essentially
buy the one which is dark colored UK
since you're in the UK, or if you want to change your name and
call it something else. So Zoom, Let's zoom stays or whatever
your company name is. Now this doesn't
necessarily have to be the same as
your company name. A lot of companies, they have their limited
company is called one thing, but a website, it's
called something else. And at the bottom, for example, let's say your let's
say your company is called Zoom travel
stays limited, but you want the name
zoom accommodation. So you would get to
my accommodation. And at the bottom
of the website, sometimes people say the
trading name is something else, so you can just put
that disclaimer. So my point is you don't necessarily have
to get a domain, a domain name, which is exactly the same as
your company name. Now, I would advise
you have something like just the name of
your company rather than your company
followed by the word limited or some people or some people have
Zoom accommodation LTD. I don t think it looks
very professional. Having the word limited or
LTD in your company name, everyone knows, is accompanied
since you have a website. So I will just leave it at that. So once you've done this, you select here, sorry, not this one because
you don't want zoom accommodation.com as well as you just want to not cut a UK. You click Add to Cart. And once you've added
two can't do continue to cart and you
simply check out. Now you don't need any
privacy and protection. I personally don't really
tend to get these. I dislike, No thanks to
anything additional. And then I click
Continue to cart. Once I'm in card, I normally just select one year
because you get a bigger discount
on one year and you can just automatically renew the following year anyway, and then you click checkout and essentially that
domain name is yours. So I'll start again
from checkout. So once you have your domain, the next thing you
need to do is get your email address with
your company name. So if you go into Google
and Google Custom Gmail, it takes you to
this website here, and I will add a link
to this below as well. Once you go into this,
click, Get Started now. And essentially what this
will do, this will give you, for example, a custom e-mail
with your company domain. For example, priya at your company or Joe at your
company and so on and so on. So in our case it will be
Priya at Zoom accommodation, Joe at Zoom accommodation. So we click Get Started. Now, input the business name which will be Zoom
accommodation. Whether it's you or it might be you in a business partner, you and a life partner,
so on and so on. So you click two or
nine or click just you. Whichever one you need, click Next, you input
all your details. So I put in my details here. Now, if I go back here, does your business
have a domain? Yes, I have one that
I can use and here, so let me just show you this. You have to click Yes, I
have that one I can use. And then that is where
you enter your domain. So it will be Zoom, accommodation dot Kodos UK. You click Next and you
simply follow the process. It says this hasn't
been purchased. Yes, because I had purchased yet because I haven't
bought it myself. But essentially, once
you put this in, you click Next and it will take you step-by-step so you can connect this domain
that you've just purchased with your
Google account. And that way you will
have email Gmail account. That sounds a bit
tricky email Gmail, but essentially you will have your own e-mail account
with your custom domain. So what you've now done is you've now bought a
domain from GoDaddy. You then use that domain to also set up your customer
e-mail account. The next thing we're going to
do is set up your website. Now, in terms of your website, the easiest and the
fastest way to do this is by using Squarespace
and it's efficient, it works really well and I
highly, highly recommend this. So you can go to squarespace.com for the stroke templates. And again, I will add a
link to this below as well. And essentially what you do
is you find a portfolio, a portfolio, a template
that you like. And what I would suggest is if you're getting a property that's already getting a website for this particular business. You can go to something like real estate and properties
that might be a good one. And once you get to real
estate and properties, you have some different websites
here, different themes. So for example, if
I open this one, preview this one here, you will see what
this looks like. So if I scroll down, you have pictures
of your properties, you have some descriptions
and so on and so on. And you essentially have a very professional
looking website, which is, which doesn't
cause a lot of money. I think this cost about £10 a month and you're up
and ready very fast. It works on your desktop. If I turn this into an iPad, this is what it looks
like on an iPad. Again, optimized
perfectly from my well, and then if I go on
to the mobile view, again, it's very, very
professional, very cheap. It's just good to go. So the thing you need
to do is you need to select a template
that you like. So you can pick any templates, you can go to a different one. You might prefer a different
template that you like. So maybe you go to
professional services. Now, it would be
and you can find something like this,
whichever one you please. So essentially find a
template that you like. And then we're going to be using that template to make a website. Now, this is a website template
I have already created. And if you would like to
do something similar, I would recommend just
copy and paste this. The reason we need a website is because when we
start pitching to, landlords are
pitching to agents. Sometimes they say, Well, can
you send me your website? Can you send me your
details so I can have a low can see C gets, just get some more information
about your company. And of course, if
you have a website, a little bit more credibility. So I've already
created this website. Now, as you can see that on this website there are
no locations mentioned because at this point
you don't currently have any apartments or houses. So this is just a generic website which has explained what you do without actually
mentioning any locations. So you have a front page, you explain exactly what service departments are,
receptors accommodation. The reason I say apartment
is predominantly, we do apartments, but you can do houses exactly
the same thing. Then you have some
more information here, some features about
exactly what you're doing. We have information
about our clients. You could probably even
take this part out since you technically don't
have these clients yet. And we have some more information
and essentially you will replace this part with
your own company details. And then you go into
the About section. And in the about section it just explains a bit more about why serves to accommodation
followed by some benefits or
services accommodation. So it's just a very, very small professional
looking website. And then you also have a
contact page of if anyone's looking to book or making
inquiries, you have that there. So essentially what you would do is you would
just change this to your own details and have something up and
running very, very fast. Now, I would recommend to you the best thing
to do would be, I will add a link to
this website as well. The best thing to do would
be to simply copy and paste this and use
essentially the website I've already created for you. Now if you want to
make your own feel free, that's absolutely fine. But if you want to use this
and copy all these details and copy the text and the images and so on
and so on. Feel free. Because I think that
will just help you get started just a
little bit faster. Now, if you want your
own logo as well. So we have Scala and
service departments. The easiest way to
do that is by going onto a website
called fiverr.com. We go into fiber and you click, you search here, logo. Now, once you have a logo,
you essentially find, you'll look through
some of these people, find someone with
a lot of reviews. So this person is
starting at £8, this person starting at 80. So it's a bit more professional. I would recommend for the time being, just need something, achieving something
just to get you going. So I wouldn't spend more than 5£10 maybe even
something like this. Well, not exactly
this because this seems to be sports based. But essentially find
one that you like maybe spend £10 or £15
on getting a logo. So essentially, let's say
you like one of these, you click onto this, you look at the ones
available options. I would say just go with a
basic one click continue. And that Azure order to card, you just send them
your company name and they will make
a logo for you. And if you have any
designs that you like, you can send them to
the designs and they will essentially not
try to replicate that, but use that as some sort of inspiration to
create your design. So that is essentially how you create your website
and your email. So when you start
pitching to a landlord, you start pitching to
agents and so on and so on. It looks very professional, you look credible and you
have something which is up and running and you
can show them all the, and this is what we do,
this is what we're about. So what we've done here is we've used GoDaddy
to get the domain, will then use Google
Gmail to get an e-mail. We then use Squarespace. We first got a template, the template that you like. And then we've,
you've either are replicated this website
and copied everything, or just return to yourself, whichever one you please. And then finally
you've bought a logo. And a logo, which you can
then essentially add onto a business card or you
can simply put up here. So that is everything
you need to do in this session to get up and running and add credibility to your business and
have everything set up.
14. Pitching to Landlords: So when it comes to taking
these properties on, regardless of if it's rent
to random forest management, what you'd really have to do is you're ready
after you explain the benefits to the person
you're dealing with. So if you're dealing
with a landlord, you have to tell them what the benefits are
working with you. If you're dealing with
a letting agents, what's the benefits to
them of working with you? Because you can talk all about how much money you're
gonna make and what you're gonna do with the
property, so on and so on. But if you can't
communicate that in terms of how that benefits them, then it might not
necessarily work. So these are some of the
benefits to the landlord. The first one is, obviously the property is going to be
tenanted for a long time. We do a typical contracts. It might be one year,
two year, three years. So you're taking this
on for a long time. So what that means is there's
no voids in the property because if the landlord
has someone who's moving out every nine months, so that's sort of duration. Then obviously, there's
a tenant find free, they've got to
find someone else. There's a void in the
middle, so on and so on. So you're getting rid of that. Another thing you're
doing is you're maintaining the property to
a very, very high standard. Because if you think
about it, typically, a landlord, if the rent
their property out, then to a normal house, a normal family or something, it's not exactly kept
in the best day. Whereas when it's rented
a service combination, it might be getting clean 123 times a week
professionally cleaned. It's like how often the
normal properties the I cleaned and obviously everything is kept in good
condition because, you know, from your
point of view, you're only going
to get bookings if the property is kept
in good condition. So that's another
benefit to the landlord, which is that the property
is kept in very good. See? Another one is the
minor maintenance. So another thing you
can say to the landlord is that you'll take care of
all the minor maintenance. So for example, if there's
an issue with a tab or a light bulb goes
out, those small things. Obviously the border goes. Then that's a big expense which the lender
will have to pay for and that's something
there'll be responsible for. But when it comes to
all the smallest sub, you can take care of
that because say from a from a landlords
point of view, one of the biggest
hassled is those small, minor maintenance and the
management of the property. If you can say to them though, you'll take care
of all the stuff, you will take all
the hassle away essentially because they're
getting long-term rain, they're getting paid
on time is well kept and you're also do
the minor maintenance. Essentially, you reduce
the hassle for them. And that's really all
the benefits there are for them in, again, even though the list is only
about four bullet points, if you can take away
a landlords hassle and have a good
long-term tenant. That's really all they want. They get their
monthly cash-flow. That's pretty much all
they're looking for. The reason I say high cashflows, the last point is if
you're doing management, obviously if you're
doing venture end, they just get the rent. If you're doing management, then they might possibly also make a lot more
money in the process. If you, if you've done
your numbers right, they should be making a lot
more money in the process. So now they've got less hassle, approaches well maintained,
and they're also making more money without
them doing anything. Because he typically, when you're dealing
with the landlord, the landlord is trying to save some money by not getting
to our letting agent. That's essentially
what's happening there. They're trying to save that 10%. Well, in this case, the saving the ten per cent, but rather than them
doing the management, you're doing the management. So there's additional
and benefit in that. And they're trying
to save money, but now you're making them
extra money on top because you are running the property
or service combination. So those are the
benefits to landlords.
15. Pitching to Letting Agents: These are the benefits
to learning agents. The first one is
repeat business. The reason I like
letting agents more than landlords is because see if you can think about it this way. I'm not against I'm not
against pitching to landlords. Landlords pitch to
nano, just fine. A lot of people do it. But now let's say, let's
say you pitch to five. Landlords can be five, can be 50, whatever. If you picture
five landlords and out of the 51 of them says, Yeah, cool, I like the model. Let's, let's go on with
their blah-blah-blah. Then. How many deals you have? You've
got the one deal, right? If you're within agent and you pitch to five agents
and one of them says, cool, the rest say no, no, no, no, no. Like how many deals
you have now? 102030. However, properties, yes. Because once the
legend is, sorry, once an agent is on
board with an idea, the next time I don't have
to pitch the agent again. They already know
how the model works, they already know you. So on and so on. That's getting another
one is far easier. I've had agents who literally, because you got to think about it from
this point of view. Imagine, imagine, imagine
here's a building, right? Apartment block,
bigger problem blog, and you've got this flat here. Another flight comes available. So in this building, this flat here comes available. If you have this
relationship with an agent and you're paying the
rent on time, engineering, everything like you said, when this flight comes available, who was the first person is
going to send it to you? He's gonna he's gonna
email you straightaway because he knows you've
already got this one. Same block, same space.
You might be interested. But if he did tend to be villains with ten
different families, one might say kitchens
facing the wrong way, bedrooms, two small burners to be kittens too small,
so on and so on. But if he knows you've
got one down the hallway, then you might
potentially be interested in this 11 viewing. The whole thing is done
rather than them doing ten different viewing Sheng
all these people around. So repeat business for
them is a massive one. Because again, from a
agent's point of view, better one I do 1020
different viewings and ultra letter property out because it cost them time
and cost them money. So the biggest benefit for letting agents
is repeat business. And i'll, I'll talk about how you communicate and
how you pitch that. But that is one of the
big, big benefits. The second one is
minor maintenance. Again, similar to
letting agents. You can say you will take care of all the small
minor maintenance, normal letting agent wants to do all these small things here and there and no
one wants the email. Can you come and check this out? So if you say you'll do the minor maintenance, then again, it's better for them is better from them from
that point of view. And the last one is no
issues with tenants. So again, like you said, if you're making the payments on time and you're
doing what you said. When the new one
comes available, then they're going to
send you the details for the new one is it's
pretty much how it works. I've had agents
literally chasing me. I had a property which
I agreed to take on. So I had one. So for example, I had this one here. This red one came available. And I said I'll
take the red one, then they send me
this second red one. And I said, Well, I'll take
the second red one because the second red one was
better than this one. So in their head they thought I said I was going
to take on both. But I sort of I switched from this one
to this one thinking, well, I only want one for the time being and I'll
switch this one. They sent me emails like
almost complaining, arguing with me How I said
I was going to take both. But the point of the story is that a lot of people
think is very, very hard to page agents and get these deals or the mono,
give me another one. But you got to realize
from their point of view, they don't want viewing
or one visit and they can rent two properties
out with families. You've got to show
them like ten times. The husband, my view,
they might say, Well, I'm going to come
back with my wife and that's essentially
how we go. That's essentially how
it works with letting agents that people want to do multiple viewing,
so on and so on. But if they can rent
out two properties, one viewing, then
easy money for them. Easy, easy money. So like I said, I don't have a problem with
there are two landlords. I just think getting one agent on board is a much
better use of your time. Because once you go on agent, you never have to worry
about how am I going to get another deal with landlords? You now go to find
ten more landlords, do your ten pitches again, and so on and so on and so on. With an agent, you get
one agent on board. And once you call the
first one that says you're done in that in
that area you dump. Now it's a case of let's
go to a different area. And again, if you have
some of these branches. So we we were dealing
with the branch. I can't remember the name, but they had a branch and
working with them. And then obviously, a lot of these are like
franchises, right? So that person knew
someone else from another branch in a
different town and we said we were looking at
it pumps in their town. And he basically spoke
to him, he connected us, we had a chat and
he he was called with this because he
knew someone else who was he knew that
we were working with another franchise
in a different area. So those are some of the
benefits of working with agents. But if you do, the
landlord cell is cool. If you get some
deals, that's cool, but I just prefer this.
Does that make sense? Okay, pitching to
letting agents. So this is important. The first one that
says new agents. I just feel some of the newer
agents are less stringent. There's, there's, there's
less requirements. There's less loopholes or hurdles, whatever
you wanna call it. Whereas when you have some of the traditional ones
like Foxconn's, they want to go through
all these details and they asked you a 100 questions and 100 forms and so on and so on. Whereas I've just found that the newer agents are
typically a lot more receptive to a lot
of this compared to some of the old
traditional ones. So that's one thing to consider. The second one is
high supply areas. What I mean is if you're in
an area where there's like some new build
developments and there's a lot of rental class
coming on at 1. It makes it much, much
easier to get a deal because of letting agent
probably has 30 on his books, virtue of the same apartments. So if you ask for if you're
trying to rent some of those, obviously it makes
their life easier as well because they've
got 30 on their books. If you're in an
area where there's only one apartment comes up every three months and
is a 100 families lined up. That's a hard pitch because it's pretty much
always going to go to the family because there's nothing in it for letting agent they want
they've only got one. They know how it works
with the families is a straightforward process. And it's pretty much
always gonna go to the family, I think. Whereas if you're in
an area where there's 50 apartments on the guy's books and he has targets and he
has to rent those 50 out, then it's far easier. The pitch is far. You can mumble your way into it is it's just
far, far easier. So something to consider
when you're finding your area that cool
the numbers work. But other evening deals here that I could
possibly take on. One comes up every
three months then not, not the best area from
that point of view. Something to consider. Don't discount first deal. What that means is,
for the first deal, if the market rate is
£1300, just pay £1300. As long as your numbers work. Don't try to squeeze
it down to 1250 or 1240 because you're trying
to get a bit of a discount. Because the first one, you already just
trying to get through the door, that's what
you're trying to do. The first one, you're just trying to build that connection, just trying to get
into the door. So you have future deals. Now. Once you've got
the first one yeah, With the future ones,
you can negotiate. You can say well, if
I take on two more, can I have once we had one landlords through
a leveling agent, the landlord the learning agent
said he owns number 2829. If you take on both, then maybe we can work
something out and we've got a bit of a discount
because we took two. So again, those
things you can do. But I just feel like it's much, much safer if you do that
now for the first one. But for the ones down
the line, future pace. What that means is when
you're speaking to an agent, one of the things you
wanna do is you want to say that you're
interested in for five properties as
opposed to just one. Because see, even in your
professional, whatever you do. If you have a set way
of doing something and someone comes along or like I said, procedures set paperwork, set, model, and someone
comes along and they say, well, you know, I wanna
do something different. Now, even though the different
thing might be fine. If someone is only
going to do it once, it might just be
too much hassle or too much effort for you to
put your mind to it because, well, I've got 50 other families lined up who does do
it the normal way. I know how that works. I'll just do it that way. You know what I mean? It might just be too much hassle for you to do this
one-off thing. Whereas you can just do
your normal routine stuff and you're gonna make
the same money anyway. But what I've found is when
you say to letting agents, how you're interested
in 45 properties. To them, it's like multiple
commissions, right? You're gonna be more incentivized to do
something if you make five times the amount of
money compared to just a one-off heavier there because of one of her there,
you got to work out. Well, how does this work
too good to ask questions? But that might be worthwhile if you're going to
let five properties. Does that make sense? So I've always said
I'm looking for 56456 properties because from their point of view
they're thinking, well, I'm going to make
56 commissions here. So it's a bit more worthwhile listening compared to
just a one-off deal. So that's what I
mean by future base. That's one of the
things you have to say. This gives me the phone
could be in person. Next one is memorize
big employees. The way I do serve
as combination, I mainly tried to focus on the longer-term
corporate bookings, like I'm going to mention in
the marketing section later. And my play really is to get as many long-term company bookings. So what I tend to do is I tend to memorize the big employees
names in the area. And when I'm speaking
to the wetting agents, I say these are the type of clients that we're
going to be hosting in our apartments,
blah, blah, blah. Because I want to make the
pitch very professional. I don't want to
make it sound like some touristy one nice thing. You want to keep it as
professional as possible. Because we're not letting
agents point of view. Normal really likes the
idea of people coming in for one night or tourists
coming in for one night. So if you can try and make it as professional as possible. Saying, we're going to, we're looking to work
with GSK, Fujitsu, and Tesco because they're
accompanies, sorry, their clients come for a few weeks to a few months at a time when they're
looking for accommodation. That sounds a lot
better than saying, I'm going to put this on Airbnb, which doesn't sound very
professional at all. So that's something to note
which is memorize some of the bigger employees work, the bigger employs
into your pitch because that's what you marked is going to be focused anyway, when we get into the
marketing section that you are going
to be trying to get those people into your marketing well, into your apartments. And the last one says,
Don't pitch on the phone. The reason I say this
is, have you guys ever watch a movie on your
phone, laptop, or Netflix? Like could you all agree?
Does everyone do that right? Now, here's my question. If you're watching a
movie on your TV, laptop, and Netflix, and you're
ten minutes into the movie and the movie
sucks, would you normally do? Turn it off right? Now let's imagine you make a plan with your
friends or your family. You make a plan. You get in your car, you drive to the cinema, you power curve, you get
the Pokemon, whatever. And you sit down in
the movie theater and you ten minutes into the same
movie and the movie sucks. What do you do now? You just sit down and you
just watch the whole thing. I've said that I watch a lot of Bollywood movies and
they gone for three hours. And that's shaped
like for three hours. Like it kills you. But you just sit down
and you just watch it. And Bollywood movies even
have an intermission. So you could even leave halfway. Technically, you don't because
you'll take on here now. It's like it's like, Oh man
has a muzzle, watch it. But that's basically
what happens. Which is, it's weird because on your phone
you turn it off. But at the cinema, you don't just leave you like I'm here now, our
minds will watch it. When you pitch on the phone
and the agent picks up the phone and they don't really get the hang of
what you're trying to say. They say, let me
switch to my manager. I'll speak to the
landlord, the landlord woman like it and
they put it down. Because think about it.
There's no time invested. There is no time invested. One minute, maybe one minute. And that's all the
time they've invested and they put it down
because we don't do this. If you can book a
viewing first, right? They've got to print
the brochures. They've got to put the jacket on drive to the property per cup. Show you around, show
you all the stuff. They might be 45
minutes, 15 minutes in. If you then start your pitch, they have to at
least listen to you. They didn't just say no
within three seconds or not. You can say no. I'm not saying it means you're gonna get a 100% of your deals. But what I can assure you
is that percentage goes up significantly hundred percent,
one hundred per cent. Because the point is, there is nothing
invest in the phone. If you mess up one line and they don't like what
you're trying to say. They don't have to
go through with it. They've got other families
done up, so on and so on. But once you give people are reviewing, they're
willing to listen. They are, they are listen a lot more than it will on the phone. And it just goes back
to being invested. Anything in life, the more
you're invested in something, the more you want a
result out of that thing. Think about it. Relationships, all
that sort of sell. The more you're
invested in something, the more you have
to get a result. On the phone, you're
not invested. Someone called you
for thirty-seconds, you didn't like it.
You just put it down. But 45 minutes and 50 medicine. You can even take
this a step further. You can maybe view
for properties, walk around with them for a bit. You might be two hours then
before you start your page, the percentage goes up. Now a lot of people tried to
argue with me and say, well, if I do this on a
phone or by email, I can reach more
people, you know, because I can reach 50
agents in one hour. But if I do this in person, I can only reach one
agent, one arrow. This is you only have
to get one agent. You're not trying
to get 50 agents. And the success rate as a percentage goes up so much more. If you're in a small town or a small area where there's
only about ten agents. You don't want to burn your
leads because you can't keep going back to the
same one again and again with a different pitch. You know, with a lot of
them you only get one go unless you get a
different guy in the day and so on and so on. But if I live in how fissure, There's only about ten agents. Like if you spend two days, you can probably speak
to them in person. And that's probably worthwhile. I went to Paddington
for one day. I'd never been to
Paddington, never knew. And agent in
Paddington. One day, I looked about 15 viewings
and I've got one deal. And we do a two-bedroom
basement apartment in Paddington one day. Whereas I genuinely believe if I spend one hour and
I've called 50 and agents, I probably wouldn't
have gotta deal. I believe that a little
bit upset though. He said, if you told me this
before, I would've said, You know, we computed property, we just don't do it at all. Okay. So i is a common question. Do you have a similar question? Because we're not final pages? Yes. A whole lot. The first thing
the main thing is if I've never had
is if our family, our vet, is it for yourself? Yeah. I say it is what? It is for me. Yeah. But I mean, it's a bit more
than those four companies. And it says for a
company, and I get this question a
lot, which is well, agent say to me, Well, if you had told me
before, blah, blah, blah, but I'm willing to
guarantee you one thing. Every single letting agent in this country has two contracts. They have a normal
AST contract for families and individuals and they have competing
that agreements. They will do. They all do. I've never seen
one which doesn't, I've never seen a
lead engaging in this country which
doesn't have some sort of company or corporate
that agreement, say that we don't do that. But I don't think they I
don't think they know what that even like maybe
they don't know. We don't understand. But I've never come
across in letting agent which hasn't had
some sort of company lead, corporate less some
sort of agreement. Because if a company later
very common, like you know, because for example,
you get a company, they say we're trying to how's
IE6 clients or whatever? Yeah, they're very,
very common company. Let's then also, it's
noted some new thing. People in HMOs do
this all the time. When we try to explain
the company level, they said, Yeah, we
have Company led, but it means that for your
employees. Yeah. Yes. Okay. So again, let me go into
this next step here.
16. Contracts with Agents: Which is contracts
with the agents. My thing is, you should not submit your own
contracts to agents. You should use
their contracts and amended as opposed to sending your own contracts.
Because think about it. If you send your own
contracts and it's 20 pages, they now have to read through
20 pages of what's in here. There's only really
23 main things or you already
concerned about one. Are you allowed to do shortlist? And second, who can
stay at the property? A lot of the times
it says employees, you have to e-mail them
and you have to say, we have to change the
word employees to clients because we work
with these companies. And then all our employees
or our clients, it is far, far easier to get them to
change one word from employees, your clients, then submitting a brand new deck of contract with 1520 pages with all these
words littered everywhere. Beyond that point, yes. The company live
through a company in their employees or
the landlord request. Specific basically one. You got to tell us which
employees are staying there. You can. Yeah. Okay. So some companies will
say you have to let us know which which employees are going to be staying
there from different companies or and you have to submit their ID and so on and so on, all
that sort of stuff. I feel like I have come across it as some point a while ago. But again, it might be a case of going to
a different agent. Because again, in an
area in this ten agents, you're only trying
to get one agent. So if you can't get
through to someone, you simply just have to move on. But this is why I like to
play with the agents because all you're trying to do is
get one in that town or city. You just want the
one who said, Yeah, we'll change it from
employees to clients. And I've done that many times. Just get them change one word. So we're looking at
two main things here. It should not be
restricted to employees, and it should allow short-lived. If a contract says minimum 99th, Let's then obviously that's
not really going to work for you because you're
gonna be having people and therefore a few nice, at least, sorry, at the minimum. Maximum, I don't know I don't
know what that word is. But employees and
short-lived, again, it says some sort of
disclaimer that you can always check with your solicitor because I don't want
to get sued by anyone. But we just list
so what's right? But the point is, charlotte
employees and is far, far easier to have
a contract amended, then a brand new contract
submitted. Far easier. And if you do those steps
of getting viewing first, as opposed to putting
on the phone, you see some properties, you tell them a bit more about what you're
doing, so on and so on. You tell them you're interested
in for five properties, you name some of the big
employees and say These are the people who are
going to be working with making it the whole thing. Very, very professional. That
is always worked for me. Now, like I said, the day I went to Paddington, I must have done about
15 viewings with maybe nine agents,
89 different agents. And I think a lot of
fear when it comes to pitching is just
about how you pitch. It's not even about
what you say. It's just how you come
across in the pitch. If you come across as like, you know, if you're a
bit nervous or you're, you're mumbling your way out
of it and so on and so on, then even they become
a bit hesitant. But if you speak
confidently about what you're doing in the
business you run. I've never had business
because I've never had I've never send
them to our website. I've never won some sort of shirt or would like some professional staff
or any of that. The first tool I took
on my company was registered like seven days
before we did the deal on. There was no email.
There was no nothing. Because I feel like
if you just explain it and you follow the
steps and you're like, dude, with a bit of
confidence and you don't believe in what you're
trying to do here, then you'll be okay. Whereas if you come across
as you're unsure yourself, then it just comes across
the way you speak, just the way you say stuff. And it just makes the whole
thing slightly harder. But that's what I would say is those are some guidelines
which I will follow. And again, I'm saying
don't pitch on the phone. And then people go in and
pitch 20 agents on the phone. Then they say, Well, I
haven't had any luck for X, Y, and Z reason,
so on and so on. But again, I don't believe
in pitching on a phone. I'm not saying it doesn't
work because people have pitch on the phone and
they haven't got deals. With most things. There's
always exceptions and it's not like it's
not black or white. There are gray areas and some things worked
with some people, something worked
for other people. Some people do cold calling,
some people do email. Everything does work. But I just feel that by doing this in
person and building, speaking to someone one-on-one, and then seeing you face
to face, so on and so on. Just makes it much,
much easier because you can build rapport much
easier in person as well. It just makes the
whole thing easier. The person is a
lot more invested compared to just
being on a phone. And I find the
conversion is much, much higher from
personal experience. And it's the same
reason you don't leave the cinema because
you're so invested, huge amounts will stay. And it's the same play here, which is that the agent doesn't simply just
get up and leave. They're willing to listen, and that's all you already want. They're not gonna be
like, Okay, fine, done. But it's just I'm talking
about percentage of 0. You only need one out of all the agents in your
town and you're done. You're done, you've
got all the leads. So that's how I would go on to acquire yourselves
commendation properties. So we've done four sections. We still have five to go. So we've got quite
a bit. I guess we could have a lunch break now. I went to start the question. Yes. Yes. Would you recommend
looking at actual viewing the agent running the streets and going in every
agent in that area. Okay, So with agents, this is this is the
process I would recommend. This is the post-sale would
recommend for agents, right? In terms of finding a property in doing this whole process, the step one is
find a property on right move, right move. So you find something and right mood that
you're interested in. The second thing is you've
called and a book I'm viewing. So you want to call them
Booker view and I don't want to hear from somebody who just I want to I want to see it. Yeah, I wanna I wanna
see this property. You want to you want
to say I want to see this property and you'd
have to get the viewing. You have to you have
to book a viewing. I don't go into the lending
agents shops because again, the problem is
they're not invested the same way because they haven't spent any
time doing anything. They were at their desk. You came along, they
said We don't do that. It's the same as the phone. The principle is the
same as a friend. Number three is viewing. And number four is you
pitch at the viewing. So find the property colon book of viewing for that property. Do the viewing and then
Pitch, Add the viewing. That is the process of how you would pitch letting agents
generally at the end, you see the ODA every night? Yeah. You can say what we're
looking for is for this. Yeah. You can, you can
pitch at the end or you can start to explain the concept while you're viewing the property
and so on and so on, which are used generally,
you would see the property first and then you
can pitch at the end. Generally. You find that you you got the newbies who are doing the run
around doing that. Okay. So the question is, what did they say? I don't understand
what this means, which actually happens to a lot of people then
I shouldn't probably mentioned this in
the slide because here is the big killer word. Jargon, right? What that means is that if you say something
to anyone in any industry, for example, if someone's an IT specialist
and I don't know, there's thing called HDMI. If you talk about
hate BMI or whatever, which basically means
nothing to anyone. When they scan their
head for a BMI, that means nothing, right? Is blank. What HDMI is, they have no idea what
an HDMI it doesn't, it doesn't exist in the head. So now they're confused
as to what the **** is HDMI. Because it makes no sense. Because what happens
is people try to use all this complicated
stuff because it makes them seem professional. They'll look at me, I'll know all this
stuff will all it does is it confuses
the other person. So you have to step them through whatever you're
trying to explain. If you say to someone
or we do rent to rent. The first thing they're
going to say is, Oh, isn't as subletting. Because rent to rent
implies subletting. Rent to rent. And they have no idea
what that means. There are no ourselves
combination means no idea. You go to most letting
agents that you say, I'm gonna do service
combination, they have no idea
what that means. So now, already in their head, they're like, What the
**** does that mean? Or like rent or anything elaborate of a scam or
isn't a subletting. They know what
company that means. They know what
corporate that means. You have to use the
information they know and play with
that information. If you start saying so, which means nothing to them, their head goes blank. The whole thing is true, foreign, too scary,
so on and so on. So the classic
analogy in property is if you're trying to
do lease options, right? So if you're trying to explain
these options to an agent, is a confusing process because
you're basically saying, I'm not going to buy this
property using a mortgage. I'm going to pay I'm going to cover the sellers mortgage
every single month. And then five years
later I'll make one big of payment and
I'll buy the house. But has since been messed
up because no one does, then that's not a
normal process. But if you say to
a letting agent, you know how you can
buy cars and finance, where you just make a
monthly payment and five years later you just pay the whole car off
and you get the car. Everyone knows what that means. Everyone knows what, everyone knows how finance
works on a car. And then you relate
that and say, well, that's basically what I'm
trying to do with the property. At least they get it. Day because they understand
what's happening here. So you have to you
can't use words like rent to rent or
service accommodation. You have to use words
they understand. And when you do your pitch, it has to be based
on those words and you will never
get someone saying, I don't know what
that means because it's just basic terminology. They all know what
accompanying letters, they all know what a
corporate that is, but you can't confuse them. So yeah, that's a good question. Does he get the
inexperienced one or the one that basically the viewings and the person who
makes the decision that lets us manage your
director in the office. And I guess you
explain it to them. Then it's up to them to
go back to refer it to the referees and then
you try and speak. Okay. So the question
is if if I'm credit, if you get a person
and the viewing who's like someone who's not
the manager, I suppose. How would you sort
of picture that? Well, you will
still have to pitch the normal way and
they will have to communicate the message and you will have
to go from there. Now, I've, I've had people like like the junior or
viewing people and stuff. It's never really
been a big issue. I mean, it might have been
an issue for some people, I don't know, but it's
never really been a big issue for me personally. But that's where you
actually have to pitch to whoever
comes to the viewing. And this is why when
it comes to the pitch, it has to be as
simple as possible. And it should not
include stuff like this. Because if you confuse the
person of the viewing, who is just a messenger, is kinda like Chinese whispers there by the time the
message goes round, by the time the
last guy here is, is completely different
to other first guy said. So this is why it has
to be so simple in the terminology that
they understand that even if it is someone who's like a new staff member or
whatever or junior person, they can still go back and communicate that message.
Does that make sense? So any other questions on that? You experience
when you get them, you don't really have
much feedback on. If you told me that
before I set, you know, this lambda want to
copy the we don't even do that as an agency. We just don't do it.
If you told me before, I would appreciate that I did not come out, then
confounders. Good. Okay. So okay. So this is my take on
this approach or this, this is my take on this. When this is my take on
when people say that, well, the scenario
presenting basically that if you had told me before that this is where
you're going to do, I wouldn't have shown it
to you, blah, blah, blah. My take is every litigation
has two contracts, AST and accompany that contract. So first of all, they do do it. They might not know they do it. But I've never come
across a letting agent which doesn't have a
company that agreement. I've not seen one
yet. Maybe there is, but I've not seen one. So most of them do do it. The second thing is, I'm not
saying you're playing games, but if you try to buy property in this country
with any learning agent, and I've done this many times. You say to them, I'm looking
for a two-bedroom x. Cancel flights.
They will show you 72 of them will be
two-bedroom x council flats, five will be private, one-bedroom flat
and studios, right. Isn't that what they
basically all do? Because they are players? Well, let me hang out with them. Let me show them basically everything we've got,
so on and so on. They might buy something. So it's exactly the same thing that when you do
step in viewings, they show you two
you're interested in and five-year-old
never going to buy, or they will sneak
one in on the way. Or they say why we are
where we're going this way. I happen to have the key is why don't we pop in and see it? So it's exactly the same thing. So like, I'm not trying to
play their game or whatever. But my view is they all have this agreement
if they don't do it, why did you have the
agreement in the first place? Why did you have this piece
of paper in your office which says complementary
agreement if you don't do it. So I'm simply going by that. So if someone says to me, we don't do it, you
just told me before. I assume that everyone
does it cause I know that everyone at
the company level, yeah. You can you can say that I assumed everyone does this
since everyone has it. Or personally, I'm
just not too fast. I don't get offended easily. You can say whatever
you want to me. I didn't I'm not too fast
from that point of view. I just want to do 20 viewings and I want to
get one agent on board, because once that
one agent was bored, you can get on with the next
11 thing, which has worked. Weirdly. I don't even know
how this happened. I can't remember. It just was a weird, convenient
coincidence. Even I went to Foxconn's ones
and I I can't remember why. Like, I don't know if I was
renting a property or for myself or if I was
trying to oh, no, no. I was trying to buy a
property or something. And I asked them
Foxconn's brochures. So I had all these
functions brochures. And then I was going to
go and speak to them, letting agents to do this whole service
combination stuff. Because I had all these
functions, brochures. The guy thought I
was working with toxins and every give
me details as we go. So he he made a common
referencing and four oxygens in somehow we just went really well
because in his head, he told us where to get
all these deals from Foxconn's because it'll have all these brochures from Boston. I didn't do this on purpose.
We sort of just happened. But he clearly thought I was about to get all these Asia
have flares from foxes. So he started showing me flats. They had to run Data
Service accommodation. It was a weird one but
that happened from them. Honestly, I can't remember. This is the Paddington one. We did get one that day, but I just can't remember now. It was so long ago but we got one that day but I
just can't remember. But I remember I just remember the agent being
just really interested because we had the functional
brochure or they were just a lot more interests in for some weird reason because it's like competitive and stuff. But that's something to
consider. Something to consider. But this is really where
you're trying to do here. This is really where
you're trying to do. I would follow these steps. Take a weekend doubt or Monday, Tuesday, and you can
probably get 15 agents done. Doesn't take long. 15 agents you can do one day and you're just
trying to get one. And this is the reason I
went to Paddington in Arjun, just call agents in
Paddington because I knew if I spend one day and
I get one agent on board, I've got unlimited deals and I'm done in pension and
I never have to go patent and again and again
until this time well invested. So I booked the views before I went to pattern tonight about
1015 viewings book before I went to Paddington and
sort of went from there.
17. Listing Your Property on Airbnb : In this video, we'll
be going through how to make an Airbnb account and also how to optimize that account in order to
get the most bookings. So in order to make an account, you have to go to
AirBNB dot courage UK. And on the top right-hand
side it says Become a host. Now, when you click this, it will take you to this
page here where you can enter your address and
the type of property, how many guests weekend sleep, and then just click Start your listing and then it will just ask you for more details like peaches and so on and so on. Now, at this stage
you might not have the professional
pictures because the property is
not up and ready, but you can just upload
any pictures you have from right move or any pictures
you took at the viewing. So it will help if you have some pictures
of the property. It doesn't really matter which condition
because at this stage, all we're doing is simply just getting everything
up and ready. So when you do have
professional pictures, all we have to do is simply swap the old pictures for the new pictures and you're
pretty much good to go. So go through this, follow this process
and then we'll help you make your listing. Now, once you have your listing, you will come onto
a page like this, which is where you
can simply edit your listing and
make any amendments. Now, I'll be going
through exactly how you can use this
page in order to optimize your Airbnb account in order to get the most
bookings as possible. So the first thing
you need to do, the first thing you need
to do is make sure that you have professional pictures. So if I go into my listing, as you can see, they're
professionally taken. The reason you want to
have professional in pictures is because well,
that is going to be, that is going to give you
a proxy the best chance of attracting a lot of bookings. So if you have pictures which don't look
that good is unlikely, people will book your listing. Whereas if you have some amazing pictures of the same property, you're much more likely. Because when you book an
apartment or a house or a hotel, the main thing people go off
is the professional picture. So make sure you have the
professional and pictures. Now again, you don't
have them at this stage, but it is something you
can check off later. So that is something
you need to do, which is make sure we have
professional pictures of your property. The second thing you need to
do is you need to make sure all your descriptions
are completed. You have this segment
here about description. So you have descriptions, details about this space, guest access, guess interaction, the neighborhood,
getting around. Any other things to note? You want to make sure you fill
this as much as possible. Make it look, make your property look appealing
so people want to book, but one of the
reasons you want to fill this is because if it's completely filled
out, it gives a much, much better impression to potential guests because they
can see that you've taken, you made an effort in
your professional host. You've filled all the
details and you've answered any questions which
they might have before they before they are looking
to book their property. And it's just much better
than when you come across a listing which
hasn't had any description. So I will copy these descriptions into
the task garden section. So if you just want to copy
my descriptions when it comes to the space and the guest access
and how I've done this, I will add a link below so you can simply just copy
mine if you want to, but, or if you can
write your own. But the point is you have
to make sure you have good descriptions
then there is one, So they sell the
property and seconds, so it adds a little
bit of credibility. So when people arrive
on your listing, they see, well, this
person's professional. They seem to be taking care of their properties,
so on and so on. It, it just has a much,
much better impression. The other thing is AirBnB
also likes completed listing because the more of
your profile you complete, a lot of people think
the more you complete, the more likely they are willing to show you a
property to other people. Because if there is
a complete listing is more likely someone
is going to book. And similar to Booking.com, the more people that book
you are listing on Airbnb, the more money they end
up making in the process. So it's a win-win for both. So the next thing
you need to do is make sure all your description, they're completed,
fully completed. And now in the tusk
garden section, I will copy and paste
my description. So if you simply
want to copy those, make some amendments based on your own description,
your own property. I mean, then it is
very easy to do. So the next thing
you need to do is make sure all your amenities
are also complete. So if I go back
onto the listing, if I scroll up, there is a segment
which says amenities. And by clicking Show More, there will be a button
that says Edit. The reason I don't
have the button is because my Airbnb
account is listed, is connected to my
channel manager. And if I want to
make any changes, I make those within
my channel manager. But for your account
there will be a button that was similar
to this where it says Edit. You can click edit and
make sure you go through all the different variations and all the possible immunity, then see which ones
you have to offer. Now of course, you
can't check all of them because it's unlikely your property has a pool and a Jacuzzi and so on and so on. But the ones you do have, make
sure you've take them off because if anyone is filtering
for those immunities, you want to make sure you come
up in the search criteria. You want to make sure you come
up in the search rankings. So again, if you
go through all of them and take off
the ones you have, you're more likely to get
bookings because anyone filtering for those
specific amenities, you will come up and therefore, they were more likely to
book your property if you haven't checked off those
immunities is unlikely. You will come up because
people will assume you don't have those images
and they will not book. So click the Edit button
which will appear here, and make sure we have
as many amenities. Check off as many
communities as you can. Of course, if you can't check something off
because you don't have it, then you simply do not have it. The next thing you can
do in order to get a lot more bookings is by
turning on instant booking. So if I go up here and
go to booking settings, it says how can guess book. And I've turned on
instant bookings, which means guest who meet
your requirements can book instantly and they do
not have to send a request. The reason this gets
more bookings is because people who want
to book straightaway, they don't want to go
back and forth and ask questions and
so on and so on. They just want to
book straightaway. Because a lot of people want to book straightaway and that is typically how you book
hotels, so on and so on. It gets a lot of bookings. If you don't have instant
booking, town done, a lot of people might get put off because
they don't want to go through this delayed
process and wait hours and hours for you to
reply and so on and so on. And it prevents a
lot of bookings. So if you have
instant booking on, it is a great way of getting
a lot more bookings. And if you get more bookings, airbnb makes more money and they end up promoting
your property. Now one thing to note
here, by the way, is that you do not turn on instant booking
while you're doing this step-by-step purely because you do not have if you do not have the professional pictures
right now or if you do not have accurate pictures
of your property. So for example, let's
say you don't have any pictures from the viewing or any old pictures
of their property. And you've uploaded pictures
of a random property, you do not want to people booking your property when
it's not the Craig property. If you're if you
do have pictures of the property from the
viewing or from right. Move ads or whatever, then you can do this stage because when they
booked the property, I know the pictures on grade, but at least they're
booking what they see. Do not turn this on. If you do not have the
pictures of your property, only turn this on if you have pictures of the exact property
that you are marketing. Now when you turn this on, you can also turn on
some guests requirements that they have to have these requirements for
them to book instantly. The one I have turned on is which is called
government issued ID. Again, your extra and it
will be slightly different. There will be an edit button
here somewhere and you can click Edit and
turn these on and off. This is the main one
I'm interested in. For instance, bookings, which
is I want to make sure they have a government issued ID before they're able
to book incidentally. So I would also turn this feature on using
the Edit button, which you will see around here
or around here somewhere. So make sure you have instant
booking in order to give yourself the best exposure and the chance of getting bookings. The next thing you can do in
order to get more bookings is restrict your
minimum night stays. So have some have a low
minimum night restriction. So again, very similar
to Booking.com. If you have already watched
that video, which is, the more restrictions
you impose on guessed, the less likely they will book. So now let's say
you say to guess that while they have to be
a minimum of five nights, anyone who's looking
to book one night, two nights, three
nights, four nights, they can book your property because while it's
not available, because you have a minimum
five-ninths restriction. And therefore, a lot
of people can't book. And if a lot of people can book, that means you're
not, you're not getting any bookings
and therefore, AirBNB is not making
money on your listing and therefore they're less likely
to promote your listing. So if I go to availability, and if I go down here, minimums stray, I've
got a minimum state of tonight's maximum states as
long as you want really. But I've got a minimum
night stay of two nights. And again, you will have a
button here which says Edit and you can simply edit
all these details. So I would say have a
minimum of two nights. Now in terms of advanced
notice, I have same-day. They can book on the same day. I don't really need any
preparation time because my my property is
prepared all the time. Availability window
is all future dates. Now, this takes me on
to the next point, which is you want to make sure you have as much
availability as possible. Because again, if I go back onto this and let's say you've restricted people
that they can only be one month in advance or
two months in advance. Anyone who's looking to book maybe three months, four months, five months in advance,
they are unable to book your property because
while there are no dates. Now, again, that means you get less bookings purely because
people can book in advance. And if you get less bookings, airbnb makes less money and they're less likely
to promote you. So I always said this to
all future dates in order to make sure that I get as
many bookings as possible. And that way I will get
promoted higher up. So make sure you have
availability turned on and set to all future dates. Again, there will be
a button here which says Edit and you
can change these. So in terms of the check-in
time and checkout time, I check-in time is
after 03:00 PM. I would recommend you
set the same as this and my checkout time is 11:00 AM. Now this gives you
a four hour window to do any cleaning
in the middle, I will set exactly the same
on Booking.com as well. So these are the standard
check-in and check-out times. Which you can set. Now, I don't have
anything set here or here because I do a
self-checking so they can check in whenever
they want and they can simply check out whenever
they want as well. So it's not exactly something
I need to restrict. So that is what you need to
do in terms of availability. The two main important
points here are have a minimum two-ninths day
and make sure you have as much availability
as possible. The next thing you
can do it in order to increase your bookings and promote your Airbnb
listing is by having promotions and discounts. So if I go on to pricing, you can see that I have
a weekly discount, a monthly discount, and
early bird discount, and again, a last
minute discount. So these discounts are created using the pricing template in
the deal analysis section. And I will turn on
all these discounts and putting the discount accordingly based
on the spreadsheet that we created in the
deal analysis section. The reason for this
is that again, if you have these discounts, your property gets
more promoted, it gets a bit more
exposure because Airbnb will put
properties in front of people which offers some sort of discount because
it's another way of enticing people to book. And again, if you have a
discount and others don't, you're more likely to
get those bookings. So under a pricing, you can simply set these on. I would under smart pricing, I would turn that off. This is not a feature
we need to use. And I believe everything else
is pretty much the same. If you go down to standard
fees and charges, you can upload
your cleaning fee, your security deposit, any extra guest fees,
and so on and so on. Again. When it comes to
the editing button, you can simply
edit most of these using AirBnB and it will be a button which
allows you to edit. Now, one more thing
that you can do in the pricing section
is you can also have extra guest pricing. So if you are going to turn
on extra guests pricing, what you need to do is
there will be a button that says Edit and you can have additional charts are typically it's about £15 or £20. So set a 15 to £20
additional charge for any guest beyond to the first two are included
in the normal price. And above and beyond
to you can have an extra fee or 15
to £20 per guest. And again, you will
simply set this on by tapping on the Edit button. So set up additional charge, 15 to £20 for anyone, any guess which are
more than two guests. So for the 34 or five
or six people booking, but the first two are
included in the price. The next thing you
can do in order to get more bookings is by having a cancellation policy. By having some sort of
flexible cancellation policy. Here we go. So if you go to booking settings and scroll down all the way, you have your
cancellation policies. Now again, you can
edit these policies and these are some of
the different policies that you have available. You have flexible, which
is a one day refund. Then beyond that,
you have moderate, which is a five-day
refund, strict, which is a 14 day refund, or you have super strict
and so on and so on. Now, I normally set it
anywhere between these two, which is strict on non-root
straight or non-refundable, which means that if they
booked a non-refundable, they get a 10% discount, but they can't
cancel it anytime. And they have the
option to do so. It's always prefer
to go with one of the nonrefundable
options because that gives guests more
options and therefore, they end up booking more because they have
the flexibility. Well, they can take
the normal rate or they can take non-refundable. Now, when I'm starting out at this stage you are at
I would probably go with a moderate cancellation
policy which is up to for five days or up
to a strict policy. But I wouldn't really go
anything beyond that. The reason is when you don't
have a lot of reviews, you want to get people
to start booking. So you can start
building up your reviews and building up some
sort of momentum. So when I'm starting out, I would be very tempted to
go with this option here, which is moderate
on non-refundable, just so we can start
getting some traction. And once you build
some traction, and then over time I
would move to strict on non-refundable because
I don't want people counseling before
within five days. But again, it's one
of those things when you don't have reviews
and Judah starting out, you want to make sure
you're getting bookings and people are in the
property and so on and so on. So start from moderate
or non-refundable, and over time change too straight or non-refundable
once you have done, once you start getting
some bookings. So those are all the
ways which you can essentially optimize your Airbnb listing to make sure well, one, you have a complete
listing with all the pictures, with all the details
and so on and so on. And also to make sure
that you're listing is in front of as many
potential guest as possible. So AirBNB shows
you're listening to as many people as
possible in order to make sure you get as many
bookings as you possibly can and then make
the most amount of money.
18. Listing Your Property on Booking.com: In this video, we'll
be talking about how to make a booking.com listing and also how to
then optimize that listing. So the first thing
you need to do, you need to go to
admin.booking.com. And once you go
onto this website, essentially it will take you to this page that you're
currently looking at. And here you can
either login or you can click this button here which says create your
partner account. That is essentially
what we need to do because you currently
will not have an account. So once you click onto this, you simply put in your e-mail address and so on and so on. It will then go on to ask you about your property details. And then you simply
ask for your property, you put in your property
details and so on and so on. Now, it will ask for pictures of your property when
you're uploading. And at this stage you probably
will not have pictures. But if you have any pictures from when the time you viewed the property or maybe some pictures from the
landlord or from right. Move. You can simply just use those pictures
for the time being. It doesn't really matter
which pictures you put up the reason we're doing
these exercises. So we have everything
up and ready. So as soon as you have the
professional pictures, you can simply swap
the old pictures with the professional pictures
and you're ready to go. Everything is already
set up rather than waiting for the
professional pitchers first and then
starting this process. So one of the
reasons is that one, it takes a bit of time to
get everything up and ready. And second, especially with Booking.com more so than Airbnb, booking.com can
take up to 16 days in order to open your account. Because typically the process works that you make an account, you enter your property
details and they will send a letter to your property
with a verification code because they want to make
sure you actually have control over that
property and you're actually operating
from that property. And then you input
that code onto the website and it
opens your account. Now in some areas
and sometimes they don't actually send
the code and they just open your account
straight away. But the point is it can
take up to 16 days. So you want to start this
process as soon as possible. Just upload any
pictures you have. If you don't have any
pictures whatsoever, you can even upload pictures
of a different property. We don't necessarily even need to open the calendars inside
taking bookings right now, we're simply just
setting up the account. So if you have any sort of pictures from
viewings and so on and so on. Great. If you don't, not the
end of the world, you can just upload any pictures for the sake of this exercise. Now, once you've
made an account, you will essentially come
on to a page like this. This is called a
booking.com extranet. The booking.com Extranet is essentially a place where you
manage all your bookings, see your rates, so your
reviews, so on and so on. It's just almost like a
central hub for Booking.com. So in this central hub, I'll be going through ways you
can optimize a central hub to make sure you get
as many bookings as physically possible. So the first thing you
need to do is make sure you have a 100
per cent paid score. So what that means is if I
click onto property here, then if I click onto quality
rating property paid score. As you can see, this property has a one-hundred percent score. That means I've completed everything they
wanted me to complete all the information available
that Booking.com request. Now, the reason this
is important is because if you have completed
all the information, that means a guest who is
looking to book the property, they have everything they possibly need in order
to make a decision. Well, shall I booked this proxy or shall I not book
this property? When there's
information missing, they might not
book because well, they might not be certain
about some things and that caused people
to lose bookings. So when I go through
this optimization, whether it's Airbnb,
whether it's Booking.com. The key principle you
need to realize is that the way
optimization works is that essentially Booking.com
wants you to do things or Airbnb wants you to do things which will help
you get more bookings. Because if you get
more bookings, they make more money because of course they charging Commission. If you aren't getting booking into new listing is in good. And that is costing Booking.com
money because they're using their website to put
your property in front of people and then no one's
booking that property. And whereas they could have put someone else's
property in front of them, ended they did book, they
would have made money. So all these headaches you
have to think about, well, this is in the favor
of me as the person running the property and also
Booking.com because well, I make money and as a result, Booking.com makes money as well. So that is how they've come up with these ways of optimization, which is, these are the ways they think people will
get more bookings. And clearly that makes sense. I mean, if someone does have a page score of 100 per cent, that would indicate
they would get more bookings because they
have a complete listing. So that's what you
have to keep in mind. So make sure
everything is complete the way you do that is, again, everyone's page here will be slightly different based on
the information missing. So as you can see here,
there is a cross. That means they think there is something wrong
with this one and I can just click
and upload update. So similarly, when you go to
this page for your listing, you'll see some more things
and maybe some more crosses. And you simply just click and add the pictures
or the descriptions, adding whatever they
want you to add in. And that will essentially
take your score to 100%. So that's the first thing you need to do in
order to make sure your property guests scene and gets booked as
much as possible. The second thing you need to do is turn on non-refundable rates. Non-refundable rates means that imagine you're
booking a hotel or an apartment and they have rates whereby if you were to
cancel the booking, you do not get a refund. I eat nonrefundable. Or you can look at
different rate which has, which is a cancellation rates. So maybe a hotel or
an apartment has a cancellation policy of
ten days before arrival, five days before arrival. But if you cancel
within that period, you before that period, you can have your money back,
but with non-refundable, it doesn't matter
when you cancel. You can cancel one
year in advance, you still have to pay,
hence is non-refundable. The reason Booking.com likes non-refundable because they
have two types of clientele. One who are unsure if they're going to be
going ahead with ASD. And second, people
who are 100 per cent, they definitely need to be
at that place because they know they're a 100% going to be at their place and their
noch empty cancel. They want to be incentivized by having some sort
of a lower rate. And so Booking.com realizes there's two types of customers and therefore they want you
to turn on non-refundable. Because again, from thinking about it
from their point of view, if a guest goes onto
your apartment or house, they see that our urine
often non-refundable. And they realized that
what other people do have a slightly cheaper
non-refundable rate. They might just simply go to
someone else purely because, well, they have a better deal. So again, you've lost bookings
than if you lose bookings. That means Booking.com has potentially lost money as well. So again, they want
you to turn on non-refundable so you
get more bookings and you actually benefit
from this as well purely because while if
someone does cancel, you still get paid
and you can simply just let the property
back out again. And of course, they benefit
as well purely because well, they are making money every
time someone gets a booking. So in order to turn on
non-refundable rates, you click property and
you click policies. Now under policies, you can see that it says a non-refundable. So under non-refundable,
you can simply make any edits here I already
have this setup so it doesn't give
me the edit option. So you can simply set up
your non-refundable rates. And by doing that, you will have that
double rate plans. So you will have your
normal rate plan and the nonrefundable rate plan. And you can have a discount. So normally the nonrefundable rates at ten per cent cheaper. So you can set a 10% discount
in order to do that. The next thing you can do in
order to get more bookings is uploading unlimited
availability. On the unlimited availability
means that your customers, potential guests, can
book anytime in advance. Now some people only let people book one
month in advance, two months in advance. But by having unlimited
availability, people can book
whenever they want. The reason this is good is
again from Booking.com. So point of view, if you only let people book two
months in advance, anyone who wanted to book more than two months in
advance now can procure property because
while there's not available and therefore
Booking.com doesn't make money. You don't make money and so that they do not want to
promote your property as much compared to people who do have
availability because, well, they make more money
and so does Booking.com. So in order to do this, you have to go rates
and availability, click Adjust rooms to sell. So once you're on there, this is a really
interesting point, which is all these
things that I'm showing you by the time
you go to do this, they might be in a
slightly different place, but because Booking.com is
always moving things around. So for example, it says this page will soon be
removed permanently. So in the future
they will delete this page and it's actually
gone somewhere else. Now this is very, very common with Booking.com. So for the sake
of this exercise, you just need to know what
exactly you need to do. I either ways of optimization, but it might be in a
slightly different place. In the garden section, I will add the best Booking.com contact numbers so
you can contact them, give them your property
number and they can login to your account and show you
exactly where everything is. Because the other problem is
that a lot of people have different accounts because as they update these extranets, some people get
the update first, some people get it later
on and so on and so on. Because everyone's
accounts different. Sometimes things can, things can be in a slightly
different place. So if these things are not exactly what
it's supposed to be, our E, they're different to what is being shown in
the video currently. Then just simply
contact Booking.com, tell them I'm looking to
upload unlimited availability. What's the best
way of doing this? So in this case, I
believe it is moved here. So once you, once
you go on to this, you can simply edit
your availability and make sure that you have
unlimited availability. Now again, your screen will look slightly different because my, my calendar is
currently connected to, as you can see, it's connected
to a channel manager. And hence, my screen will look slightly different
to your screen, but there will be an option
to upload your availability. All you have to simply do
is select this button here so you have availability
from an up to and including. You can set this
up to one year in advance and then just
click Set period. Again, it might be
slightly different, but this should do it for you. That is how you upload
unlimited availability. The next thing you can do it in order to get more bookings is by updating your
cancellation policy. The reason this is
important is because the more flexible you are with
your cancellation policy, the more bookings your
likelihood to get, the more strict you are, the less bookings
you're likely to get. Because some guests are not a 100% sure if they're going to be coming in
those particular days, it might be a slight change
of plans, so on and so on. And the more flexibility you can give them in their
decision-making, the more bookings
you're likely to get. And again, the book in our
common rewards you for that. So if you go to property
and goto policies, on the top left-hand side, you can see your cancellation
policies currently upset this to 14 days,
which is flexible. If you edit this, you have
a few different options. You can have one day, two, day three, day five-day, seven-day 14, day 30 day. I would keep it anywhere
between 14 or 30. You don't want to have
a very short window for cancellations because if someone has a big
booking and they cancel seven days in advance, then you potentially
have an empty calendar, which can be a bit of an issue. So I would go 14 or 3000
AM currently set to 14. I think one of the
important things is when you're starting out, you set it to 14
because you don't currently have reviews and you want to build that momentum. So start off with 14. Once you get some
traction, once we get some bookings over time, you can simply move it to
a 30 days before arrival. But I would not go any less
than 14 days for services accommodation purely
because while if someone if someone was
canceled a day before, two days before, you
might not be able to fill up your
accommodation and therefore, you might lose a lot of money. So go with a flexible
cancellation policy. This will give you
the best chance of getting a lot of bookings early, especially when you're
getting started. The next thing you
can do is have a minimum of five reviews. A minimum of five
reviews is very, very important on Booking.com. Not so much so on Airbnb, but very important
on Booking.com. The reason is if I go on to guest reviews and
click guest reviews here on the top right, you can see when
it loads up that either 8.9 score
based on 11 reviews, the wave Booking.com works is they don't actually show you. They don't show
guests your reviews until you get to five reviews. So when you only have
12 or three reviews that guest Ashley
doesn't see the reviews. The problem with
that is that when a potential guest is looking to book and there's no reviews, the onshore if the property is any good or if anyone's
ever stayed here before or what their
condition is and the pictures are actually like you showed
them and so on and so on. So it's very, very important you get to five reviews
as fast as possible. Now, there's two
ways of doing this. One, you can simply
wait until you have five people who come and stay at your property
and leave your review, and that could take
a bit of time. Or the second thing is
if you have some friends and family you want to
test out your apartment. You can simply get them
to make a booking using Booking.com for your apartment and get them to leave a review, see what they think,
see what they think about the cleanliness
value for money, so on and so on in
that local area. And that way you can get
five reviews very quickly because you have five people stay on five consecutive days. And simply you can
get five reviews. And therefore, it
will give you a much, much like I can't stress
enough how important this is. Because unless you have,
if you have no reviews, people are very
hesitant in booking. So make sure you get
to five reviews as fast as possible in order
to get more bookings. The next thing you
can do is update your opportunity center
to make sure you capitalize those as many
opportunities as possible. So how that works is if I go into Booking.com and
click opportunities, and then click
opportunity center. That will take you
to this page here. And what this is
saying is ranking, this is the percentage
of searches your scene in when your customers search for days when
you're available. So this particular property
actually isn't doing that well compared to some of the other properties in this area. And so what you have to do in order to improve
their score or your ranking score is by taking actions on as many opportunities
as you possibly can. Now the reason this score
is slightly low compared to similar properties
is because a lot of these opportunities are
actually designed for hotels. Services, accommodation
can't actually accept a lot of
these opportunities. So it's going to be likely that your score is lower to
similar properties because similar properties they
need typically mean hotels as opposed to other
accommodation units purely because in most areas there's a lot more
hotels compared to apartments and houses being
used as a combination. But nonetheless, you can always improve your score slightly, even though it might
not be as high as this, you can still improve. And by the way, this is
exactly what I meant when I said uploading
unlimited availability because this says this
is the percentage of searches your scene in when your customers search
for your dates. Now, if people search for dates and you don't have any
availability because well, you're not letting
people book for more than one month in advance, then they're not going to see your property and the rankings going to be lower and lower. So see which ones you can accept and which
ones you can accept. So for example,
with this, it says end the year with a
boost in bookings. Now attract guests
traveling anytime before 4th of January by
offering a special discount. Now, if I want to do this, I simply click take action. And it will take me to the opportunity page where I can simply accept
this opportunity. Then essentially what
they want me to do, they want me to run a
promotion from the 10th of March 2020 to the
fall of January 2021. And they want to have
some sort of discount. So now they want
they say please at a discount between
15 to 99 per cent. So I have to set a minimum 15% discount in
order to apply for this. And then you can
simply select for which property you want
this and for which dates. And then you can simply, if you want to go ahead with this, you can simply put those details in and click Review Promotion
and that will add it. Now, I particularly
don't really want to add a 15 or 20% discount for
these particular dates. So I'm going to leave this
one for the time being. If you wanted to have
additional 20% discount, then essentially that
is what you would do. You would set a
discount here and then click Review
appropriate promotion and now we'll add
that promotion. So if I go back to opportunity
center for a second, the reason I don't
necessarily want to do this is because if I have
a 20% discount, once you do the pricing section, your prices are way too low. And that will impact the revenue and that will impact the
amount of money you make. It doesn't impact hotels as much because they might have
50 rooms at a 100 rooms. And offering a discount might not be the
end of the world, but when you only have one distinct or two
or three listings, you can't really afford to give a 20% discount on the rates which actually
make you any money. So this is what I
meant when I said that not all of these
will apply to you. The next one says, reach more guests with a
weekly rate plan. So introducing weekly race, this is essentially having some sort of weekly discussion, I believe so if I
click take action, the minimum length of stay for this rate plan is
seven ninths minimum. And if I go through this, you select for which cancellation policy
would you like this? Would you like if you're sorry, for which rate plan would
you like this discount. And I'll select from
my normal rate plan, I either flexible 14 day cancellation and then it has a whole bunch of information
you can go through. And again, they want a 15% or more discount on
YouTube is daily rates. So again, I don't
really want to sit up 15% discount on top of
what I'm already doing. So I'll leave this one
for the time being. So you simply, you
simply go through these these
opportunities and you simply accept the ones
which needs to be accepted. I would typically avoid
the ones where you have to offer a discount because we've already gone
through pricing and I don't really want to lower my prices any
more than that. So I will essentially
leave all of these. And the ones which you
think you can cater for, you simply select those. But as you can see, a
lot of these tend to be around discounts that
rather than anything else. And if you go into page views, there are, there are more
things you can do there, and again, they
seem to be similar. So have a go through these, go through the
opportunities center, see which ones can
you can cater for, which ones you can apply
in the ones you can apply, simply accept them, and use the opportunities in order
to get a higher ranking. And that will, that
way you will end up getting a lot more bookings. The next thing you
can do in order to get a lot more bookings
from Booking.com is by having minimum night
restrictions as low as possible. So what a minimum height
restriction means is that a lot of people have
restrictions like you can. The minimum booking
you can do is threonine is the minimum book and you can do is four-ninths. So if someone wants to
book your accommodation, they have to book a minimum
of a certain number of dates. Now again, if you think about it from booking.com point of view, the higher the restriction. So for example, if you say you have to book at
least five days, so my minimum night
restriction is five days. Well, that means that people
who want to book 19293949, there are unable to
book your property. So when they search for
properties in your area, your property will never
come up purely because well, you have a minimum night
restriction and they can book that means
you're not coming up, you're not getting bookings book in outcomes on making money, and therefore they will not
show your property as much. So what I would
recommend is I would not recommend having
a one night stay for service or
accommodation purely because that can lead to
parties and so on and so on. I would have at least a
minimum tonight stay. So again, this is one of
those things where we have to be we have to try to be
as flexible as possible, but making sure our
business still operates. Again, this is
different for hotels. They have they don't
have any restrictions, but we service combination, we have to be a
bit more careful. So if you go into rates
and availability, and again, this might
have moved by that point. If you go into calendar. And once this loads up, if you click your standard rate, you can see here it says
minimum length of stay. So I've got a tonight
minimum length of stay, which you can simply
change and you can change also too as well. Again, at the setting
is not exactly there or if you're
unable to edit it, you will have to contact your booking.com account manager. And I will provide a number in the task guidance section
and you can ask them, Well, how do I change
my minimum night stay to tonight's minimum? The next thing you can
do it in order to get more bookings is by
running promotions. Now this is slightly different
to what I mentioned, that I don't really
want to be doing in the opportunity central in
the opportunity center, those are one off
promotions and there's a special deals that Booking.com introduces
here and there. There are some sort of
promotions which you can run all year round. And this goes back to our pricing analysis we did
in the deal analysis section, which is early bird discount, last minute discounts,
weekly discounts, monthly discounts, those
you can set all year round. Whereas I'm not a huge, huge fan of sending, setting a lot of
promotions above and beyond because it
impacts your rate. So if I go into promotions and then
click Add new promotion. Now with Andy promotion, it gives you all the
different campaigns, or for example, the
different deals. So if I click onto setup
promotion under deals, then you have these
different discounts here, which is you have
the basic deal. We're just means what? It literally just
means that basic deal, it's just a random discount. I'm not even sure why it exists. Then you have last minute deal, you have early Booker deal, you have lemmatized limited
time deal and three nights. So the ones I would set are the last-minute deals and
the early Booker deals. Now with last-minute deals, I will set it to again the,
what they have given here, which is three days or fewer before check-in and our set at 10% discount on my normal rates and not a non-refundable rate, but on the normal rate. And again, with
the early Booker, I will set it to what they have, which is 30 days. So if someone wants to book
more than 30 days in advance, I would also set a ten
per cent discount. So those are the two main
promotions I would run essentially all year round because I've calculated
this in my pricing section. And again, if I want to
optimize, for example, if someone is if my
calendar is empty, if I get back to
the last minute, it my calendar is
empty within the last in the next three days, I want to have some sort
of deal in order to entice people to make sure I get a booking for
those three days. For the time being,
I will simply just turn on these two here, which are the last-minute deals and the early broker deals. That's all you need
to do at this stage. The next thing you can do, and this might come
slightly later on, is a Genius program and also the preferred partner program. So if I go back into Booking.com
and click opportunities, you have two tabs here we have the genius pollen program and the preferred
Python program. If I go into genius. Now, this is not something
you can do straight away because you almost have to
build up to this in order to, in order to get onto
genius and they have a ranking score and
different properties come on at different times. So what I can do with this
property here is I can click Activate and that will activate the
genius discount. So as you can see here, it says, guess we'll see the genius logo on your property page score. So when guests go on
to book your property, they will, they will see that
this is a genius property, which is really a thumbs up from Booking.com that
this is a property which travelers book again and again is a good properties
are trusted property. It's essentially a
symbol of trust. So if I click Activate
and click Activate, now, what will happen is it will give guess a
special discount. So essentially will give
guess a special discount. But what will happen is that people will see a lot
more properties and the benefit of having
geniuses that you end up getting a lot more
bookings because, well, it is like I said, it is a bit of a trust symbols. So once I'm up there, it says, on average you'll enjoy 18% more bookings when compared
to non genius properties, you show up higher in the
ranks and more visibility, so on and so on. So it does have discounts. You can, you can change
the discount slightly, is typically around
ten to 20 per cent. Now, if I go back onto, that is how you set up genius. And again, you can't
really do this day one, what happens is you have to there are criteria
is you have to meet. The criteria is I believe
it just depends on again, it changes all the time. So you have to have a
good property paid score. And sometimes it might
even be reviews. You have to have a
number of reviews, and so on and so on. So you won't have this
option day one necessarily, but you might have this in a few weeks time or
a few months time once you've had some bookings. So you don't have to do
this for the time being, you can do this later on. The next thing you can do
is go to opportunities and go to the preferred
partner program. Again, you won't necessarily
have this day one, but this is something
you work up to. If I go in there and if
I look at this here. So there are two criteria, which is the first one is
your performance score, and second is your review score. So my review score is fine. It's eighty-nine percent. My performance score is only
40 per cent, and therefore, I do not qualify for this
performance score and therefore I'm not eligible for the preferred
partner program. Now with work preferred
pardon program, what essentially
happens is you get a thumbs up next to your property, which means that anyone who's looking to
book they see, well, this is a thumbs-up
property and therefore, again, it is a bit
of a trust symbol. Now, you might be
wondering, well, why do I not qualify? Why can I not improve
my property P score, my performance score in
order to get listed. Now, once you get further
down into this program, you'll see that the main
way we do marketing, or a lot of the ways we get bookings are the long term
bookings in one month, two months, three months,
and so on and so on. Because there's a
lot of money there, they're much better clientele, in my personal opinion,
Booking.com is great, but if I can get someone
in there for four months is amazing because they
pay you by the night, their companies paying
so on and so on. Now, the downside of getting
four month bookings, I don't think this
is a big downside, but it is technically
a downside, which is every time I get
a four month booking, I have to block my calendars for four months because well, of course I've got a
four month booking. And when I plug my
calendars or four months, it impacts my availability on Booking.com because
anyone looking for days within those four
months Con book my property because I have already
blocked it out because I've got a four month
stay from a company. And therefore, by performance
score goes down because for a lot of the dates,
Booking.com, Booking.com, my property is not being
shown because while I've already booked it with someone
staying for two months, three months, four
months, and then massively impacts the
performance score. However, if I compare
the two, there, would I rather have the
preferred partner program or would I rather have
a four month booking? I will still go with a
four month bookings. So this is not the end of the world if you don't
have this, but again, if you can get this is just an additional thing which helps you get slightly
more bookings. So don't worry too
much about this, but it's one of those
things that if you have a lot of alliance
and Booking.com, and if you rely on
Booking.com, Airbnb a lot, then you want to
make sure you get these tiny eggs here and there in order to
get more bookings. But once you get to
a stage where you're getting two months, three
months, four months, five months bookings, then your performance
score will go down, but you will have
four month bookings. So there won't be anything
really to cry out. So that's what you need to do. Again, you won't be
able to do this day one because like, like I said, you have to have a
good review score and a good performance score and you won't necessarily
have this day one. So again, come back to
this slightly later on. But for the time being,
everything else I mentioned, you can do that to start
getting more bookings. So that is a summary
of how you get more bookings on Booking.com, which is a 100% P score, have a non-refundable rate, unlimited availability or
flexible cancellation policy. Make sure you have a
minimum of fiber views. Use your opportunities
central way you can reduce your minimum
night restrictions too. Tonight's I wouldn't really
go much beyond that. And run promotions like early bird discount and
last minute bookings. And when you get to
that stage of having genius and preferred
partner turn those on. And that will also help you get more bookings on booking.com.
19. Sync Airbnb and booking Calendars: Now, once you have AirBnB
and Booking.com setup, this is a very important step. You need to go to your Airbnb listing and click availability. Now, once you're
in availability, you scroll to the bottom here and it says
a sink calendars. You need to sync your AirBnB
and Booking.com calendars. Because otherwise
what will happen is if the calendars are not sink, you might end up getting
double bookings. I E, you might get a booking on AirBnB from
Monday to Thursday, and you might get a booking on Booking.com from Tuesday to Thursday for the exact
same date because well, they aren't really speaking
to each other and they don't know what availability
have and don't have. So very important. So if you click
Export calendar and you take this link and
you copy this link, this is basically your link
to your Airbnb calendar. And then you go onto Booking.com and click rates
and availability. And you click onto
your calendar. Again. It is slightly different on mine because my calendar is connected
to my channel Manager, which will do at a later stage. But essentially what you need
to do at this stage here, what you need to do at
this stage here is there will be an option which will give you an option which
will say sync calendars. And you need to take
this link that you have copied and simply paste
it wherever that boxes. Now, I've also found
this article which will, which I will upload in the
Task Guide and section, which shows you exactly
how to do this, which is once you log into the extranet click Calendar or
race or availability tab, and then select sync calendars. And that will show you exactly step-by-step how to do this. I can't show you on
my one because mine looks different to
how yours will look. But essentially
there will be a box which says Sin calendars. You simply copy and paste
the link is very easy to do. And what that will
do is that will sync your AirBnB and
Booking.com account. So whenever you have data
available on Airbnb, they will match exactly with
Booking.com and vice versa. So you do not end up
getting double bookings. So if you can't find
that box, again, speak to your booking.com
account manager. I will include their details in the description below as well
in the task garden section. But that is essentially
all you have to do. It will take only a
couple of minutes, but it's a very,
very important step.
20. List Your Property with Agencies: When it comes to long-term
bookings and your marketing, this is by far the easiest and the best way of getting
huge long-term bookings, which also make you
a ton of money. So now what I'm referring to is essentially a service or
accommodation agencies. These agencies, the
way they work is imagine you have a
big company like Barclays Bank or HSBC or
PwC and GSK, whatever, whatever the company's,
whichever industry is very, very hard for you to go to
a big bank and say, Well, I've got to parliaments in London or I'll go to parliaments
in canary war of like, I'm looking for
some accommodation now because these
companies are so big, two apartments don't
really mean much to them. Whether it's a big
corporate company or big relocation company, a big insurance company, that doesn't really
mean much to them. Whereas when you have a
service combination agency, which I'll be going
through in a second. They have a lot of
providers on their books. So they might have your
two apartments in one of your competitors
to apartments and another area of five
apartments, ten apartments. Because there are so many
apartments from their books, they can go to
these big companies and get these contracts. And for example, when
a big company knees, let's say ten
apartments in London, they will then find their
providers in those areas, get in touch with them and say, well, we're looking for Ten
apartments in this area. Do you have anything
which is suitable? And that is how subs coalition
agencies work and that is why it's by far the best way
of getting these bookings. Because essentially
what you're doing is you're tapping into their clients in their stuff which they have
already built up, rather than you going
out there and finding businesses and clients
and so on and so on. The way they work is similar
to Airbnb and Booking.com. You pay them a commission on any booking which comes through. The commissions are
generally from 10% to 15%, but no different to
Airbnb and Booking.com, but I think it's a far
better business model. So I'm not saying you
only do agencies, you do agencies alongside
everything else we're doing. But it is a great way of getting
huge long term bookings. Previously mentioned is the longest we've had is 11 months. We've had nine months.
We've had seven months. More often than
not, it's generally about one month, two months, three months, four months
around Nassau range, which seems to be a
little more typical. So now, with these agencies, There's three main types of
bookings that they cater for. The first one is your
corporate bookings. Now corporate bookings means
imagine a big company, Barclays Bank, HSBC, PwC, GSK. And they might have contract
is coming into an area. They might be doing some sort of project work and they might need accommodation from
month to month, three month. And a lot of the time, what you'll find is even with research parks and
science parks again, sort of falls into
the corporate branch with how I've sort of
characterize this. So you have, imagine you have an engineering firm or
a research facility. So again, Cambridge is quite big with these
having a lot of research facilities
in science facilities and all you have some
sort of IT company. And what happens
is you might have a IT contractor coming
from a different country. So for example,
with the IT sector, you have a lot of
contract is coming from South India because
the labor is much, much cheaper. They're
very skilled. So what a lot of companies
do is they bring labor from South India for project work here
because they're much, much cheaper, they're
very qualified. And then my stay here from one month to month, three month, and the company
will pay for them, they will pay for
the accommodation and travel, so on and so on. And that's where you
come in. You cater for those people who are
here for corporate stay, for business day and you essentially provide
accommodation for them. So that is the
first type of book and you can get when it
comes to corporate agencies. And so the reason we have this 11 month booking
was because there was a person working at Oracle and
he SE book for two months, you only stay for two months. And the problem
with contract work, especially with companies, is that you never quite know
when it's going to finish. It might finish
early or it might just go on and on and on. So he booked for two
months and then he extended one more month
because IT project got slightly delayed or they
want to do some more stuff. He got extended, extended, extended, and he ended up
staying for 11 months. Now, that doesn't always
happen, like I said, is normally one
month, two months, three months around
that sort of timeline. But that is how the
corporate bookings work. Which is if you want
long-term corporate bookings, you have to essentially find these agencies that
you can work with. The second type of booking
is insurance bookings. So for example, imagine you have a house or an apartment and
is there a flood or fire, or they find some sort of asbestos in the roof or
within the building. Then what happens is you
contact your insurance company and you need temporary
accommodation, emergency accommodation while
your house is being fixed. Now, the insurance industry calls it temporary
accommodation, temporary combination or
emergency accommodation, and we call it a service
or accommodation, but it's the same thing, which is the insurance
company has two houses, people that family into
a different property. And that's again where you come in through these agencies, which is you provide
accommodation for them. So insurance bookings do tend to be quite long
because it's very, very it does take a lot of time for workers to be
finished to our property, especially if there has
been a flood or fire or even asbestos because
it takes a while for them to remove that stuff
and so on and so on. And then again, the way these
insurance companies work is the person the family makes a claim and there's a
back-and-forth vent. Then you have to find a builder and the world's have to be done. And it's a very,
very long process. And while there's long
processes happening, they are staying
in your property, paying you buy the night
depending on very, very high race because again, it's not really them paying, is the insurance company paying because they've
obviously made a claimant, is the insurance
company who pays out. So again, a very, very gray type of
booking Because again is very long and
you make amazing rates. Now with insurance
becomes very similar to corporate bookings in the sense that you might get a
two-month booking, but more often than not, it gets it always gets extended purely because the build
has said the works can be done in one month or two months and the work slightly delayed or the insurance company hasn't got all the claims bag
and so on and so on. And it always just
takes a bit of a wild. So again, if you
insurance bookings, one month, two
months, three months, four months again, is
a very, very common. Finally, the last
overbooking you have are what is known as
relocation bookings. Relocation bookings basically
means imagine you have a person moving from one area
to another area for work. So we had a person who
moved from leads all the way down to Welling
Garden City and how to share and the company you
put them up in one of our apartments for three months while he was buying a new home. So when people are relocating
into the area in the UK, it takes about three months
to actually buy anything. And while they sort
of waiting for that, whenever the buying process, they end up booking in
apartment or your house. And if it's relocation, a lot of the times is
a company who pays for it rather than the
person themselves. So that is relocation bookings. So the way you get
these bookings is through services,
accommodation agencies. Now, this is a list of all the major agencies
that you can work with. The first one is silver door, Situ, Sacco, Bridge
Street, awkward, ESA apartment select apartments,
prestige Apartments, apartment network, apartment
servers worldwide. These are the main
agencies that you can start working with and start
getting these bookings. Now, in a video demonstration, I'll be showing you
exactly how you can sort of get a
district with them. And some of them do have a minimum requirement in terms
of number of apartments, and that depends
on where you are located, which area you're in. So some might say, Well, you need a minimum of two apartments to work
with us and minimum three, minimum for minimum five. And some of them have no
minimum restrictions at all. So it just depends
which every urine. But in a video demonstration we'll be going through how you can list your properties
with these agencies. Now, apart from these agencies, you also have medium-term
rental platforms. So they're not really
agencies are more like AirBnB and
Booking.com where you can essentially just
list your properties and prospective clients,
prospective tenants. They go on to these portals
just like AirBnB and Booking.com where they are
looking for medium-term stay. So this is generally
one month plus. And again, it's a great way of getting long term bookings. So the three main
ones are spotter home housing anywhere
and home like. And again, in a
video demonstration, we'll be going through how
you can get listed with these portals in order to psi getting long-term bookings
for your apartments. So this is how you get listed on services,
accommodation agencies. The first thing you need to
do is you need to go onto the website for that
particular agency. Now, there might be two
ways of doing this. The first one is depending
on the agency itself. The first thing
you can do is find their phone number and
essentially contact them and tell them that you have service
accommodation units in a particular area and you're looking to
onboard with them. A lot of the times
you have to speak to the supply chain team. But again, it's one
of those things that different agencies call
them different things. So you could ask for the supply chain team
or quite simply, you can call them up
and you can say, Well, I have this many service
combination units and Peterborough in
London, in Victoria. Wherever your location is, I'm looking to get
listed with you guys. I'm looking to work
with you guys. I'm looking to become
one of your partners. And they will simply
send you some forms. They will email you some forms, you fill out those forms, and that will help
you get listed. Now, once you are
listed, and again, it depends on which
agency you're with. When you scroll to the bottom, for example, with silver door, if you click property
partner or login, you can simply login
to their platform and just upload any future
properties you have. And it's a very, very
simple and easy process. But essentially that's
what you need to do. Either you can simply found them or if you go to Contact Us, all agencies have a
Contact Us section. And again, depending
on the agency, they might have a partner email. You might be able to
do a partner email. Now in this one they don't. So silver door only
has an email inquiry. I believe these are if
you're looking to book an accommodation unit rather than if you're looking
to partner up with them. So those are the
things you need to do. You need to find agency, the units, go to the website. You can either call
them or you can e-mail them and say to them, I'm looking to get listed onto your agency
and I'm looking to work with you guys and this
is what I have to offer. So if I give you
this example here, if you go to Situ.com, the UK, which is another
one of the agencies. Again, they're all
slightly different. So for example, with Situ, if you click this
menu button here, there is actually an
option for suppliers. This is essentially what
you are interested in. If you click suppliers, they have a bit of a notice
currently for COVID. But essentially you can, if you would like to
become a supplier, please apply online. You simply click online and
you add all your details, and you simply just go through
all of those details now, liabilities, so on and so on. You would have already
had done these. So all you have to do is
simply fill in these forms. So it just really depends on the agency and
what their processes. So it might be just
a fad that you have to call them or email them and they might
send you some forms or even better life Situ. They might just be
an online process where you can simply get listed. So essentially what you
need to do here is you need to find the agencies and find out what the processes
for that particular agency and use that to start
getting listed.
21. Medium Term Agencies : Now the last one you have is the medium-term or
rental platform. They're not
necessarily agencies. They're more like
AirBnB and Booking.com, but for longer-term bookings. So essentially, for example, if you go to spot home and it says already
published a property. So it's not like
silver door with Situ where you have to
apply or you have to call them to get onboarded. You can simply just like
Airbnb agile property details. So you click publish a
property and you follow it, followed the process
step-by-step and start listing
your properties. So again, a really
good way of doing it. Some of these platforms
like spotter home might be location centric, so it might not
take properties in every single location right now. Some do and some don't. But That's how you on board with the
medium-term platforms, which is no different to
Airbnb and Booking.com. And with the agencies,
you simply find out what their processes
by calling them, emailing them, or
simply filling out a form on our website and that
will help you get listed. Now, keep one thing in mind that when it comes to the agencies, So I'm referring to
Silver Dollar City. They can be very, very slow. They might be a
bit unresponsive, but all you have to
do is you have to taste them a few times. Essentially, what I find
is that with a lot of these companies,
they're very shortstop. So what happens is you send
them an email a few times. You might not get a reply. That doesn't mean
that I want to work with you or they're
not interested. It's just I'm not
entirely sure why, but they just seem to be very, very slow to respond. I've been working in
working with them for years and it's always
been the case. So don't get
disheartened if they don't reply to you straightaway. Tastes them two times, three times, four times, five times, taste
them as much as you need to in order
to get listed. Because that is essentially
how some things work. So don't get royalty if they don't reply
to you straightaway, keep calling, keep emailing. And depending on the season and maybe they're short staffed, they might have a
few people away. Holidays at the time
of recording this, this is through COVID. So maybe COVID has
a bit of an impact in terms of the number
of staff that you have. But these agencies do
one more property. They do want to
work with people, but you do have to taste them a bit in order to get listed. So that is how you get
listed with agencies and medium-term
rental platforms.
22. Create a Google My Business Listing : This, in my opinion, is one of the cheapest
and one of the best ways. And when I say
achievers, I mean free, this is possibly the best
way of getting bookings, which serve as accommodation where you simply set
something up once you don't have to do a lot
and you can end up getting very, very big bookings. I've had over £10 thousand, for example, a single booking
of more than £10 thousand. So many times using this
particular tool here, which is called
Google my business. The way Google My Business
works is, for example, you have this sharp or
restaurant and cafe here and as you can
see there on Google. So for example,
if someone was to go onto Google and they were
to search something like, I don't know, I can
give you an example. Food near me or something. What will happen is that
you see all these pins and essentially will show
you all the restaurants and cafes in the area
which have good reviews. And that is how a lot
of people use Google. They, they searched things
and when locations pop up, they simply click
on that location, find out more information, maybe see alternatives,
go onto the website. Once it loads up. You can reserve a table
and so on and so on. So Google, My Business is essentially what
it lets you do it unless you pin your
property on Google Maps. So when someone is searching for your particular business, you come up and you end
up getting more business. So that's exactly
what you need to do with your service
accommodation business, which is, you need to
go onto this page, which is Google, My Business. And I will add a
link to this below in the task guidance section. And you need to, it will say managed now or sign-in
or so on, so on. You need to make an
account on Google, My Business, upload the
details of your property. Now, when it comes
to the address, you need to make sure
it's the address of where the apartment or
house is located, not your own business
or home address. You need to have the address of where people are going,
what they're booking. So imagine this is a hotel. You won't have the address
of the head office, you will have the address of
that particular location. So once you click manage, now sign in and you
make your account and you essentially
upload the pictures, you upload the address, you upload all those details. What will happen
is I will give you an example with one
of mine properties. You, for example, I've got
an apartment in Steven. It if someone wants to Google Steven and serviced apartment, maybe coming into the
area or a company might be looking for service
department units. So they come in Google, Steven and service departments. What happens is there's a bunch of adverts from Booking.com, Trivago, some company
called luxury hotel guides. And as they scroll
down on the map, this is exactly what I'm
referring to with Google. My Business listing is my company here, Scotland
service departments, Stephen H. And if
they click onto this, they can see pictures I've
uploaded and so on and so on. And they can go onto my
website where they can call the company and they can do all those things in
order to make a booking. But the good thing
about this is, well, I'm on the first page
of Google and if anyone is looking for service departments or services
accommodation, I'm going to come up and
they're more likely to bug me. So it is an amazing, amazing way of
getting visibility. Now here is a top, top tip, which is the way you craft your company name on
Google, My Business. You want to make sure you have
these important key words. So think about your area. So in my area which
is Steven age, people will Google stephen edge serviced apartment or maybe it's Steven, it's service
accommodation. That's what people will search. And I want to make sure those keywords are
also in my title. So it says Steven, it
serviced apartment. Because if they
search this here, I want to be coming
up for their ranking. Now, if you look at
something like this listing here which doesn't have
any reviews or anything. It is called. If I open this up for you, it is called. Okay. So comfortable in deep cleaned
apartments in Steven inch, but see apartments that could be rental apartments, that
could be anything. So again, if I go back here, that listing actually
doesn't really work. Whereas this one, this
one I've created, it does work purely
because I realized that I want to make sure I've got these keywords in the
name, so it comes up. That's essentially
what you need to do, which is you need to go onto this page here, make an account. It will be done
within 1020 minutes. You simply add in some pictures, add in some descriptions
at in when you're open, while you're essentially open
all the time because well, it's like a hotel accommodation. There is no real closing time. You add your website, you add your phone numbers,
you add your address. Very, very easy to do. And by the end of it, once we have some
reviews as well. So when you don't have reviews, sometimes you don't
always get rankings because a lot of these
rankings are based on reviews. So again, if you,
once you've guessed, stay at your property, you can say to them, well, if you can leave me
a review on Google, we'd much appreciated or your friends and family
have tested your apartment. You can get them to leave a review based on
their experience, based on what they thought. And it's a great, great way
of getting a lot of reviews and that will only boost your listing higher and higher up. So make sure you get a Google business page setup
as quickly as you can. That will, you will end up
getting a lot more bookings. Now, one more thing
to note here is that if I go into my listing, if I scroll down, you can see the booking.com
reviews as well. Now a lot of people
asked me, Well, how did I link Booking.com
to my Google account? And the reality is, you can
actually link this yourself. They're doable somehow finds down maybe they have some
algorithms or something. They actually find
out themselves which accommodation units
are listed on Booking.com. And they actually do
the links themselves, which is pretty cool, but also a bit weird as to
how they figured this out. But essentially you can't
really control this yourself, any additional details
which you're saying. So for example,
people can actually search availability
and book that says, this hotel has an availability
for tonight, stay there. The prices again, this is not something I've personally done. This is something which
Booking.com, sorry, Google has plugged from Booking.com and
they've put my data in and this automatically
just happens over time as you get more reviews
and so on and so on. So make sure you have a Google business
page up and running. You'll be done
within half an hour. And it is by far one of the best ways of getting
a lot of bookings.
23. Create a Check-in Process: So when you're just funny, book this property, how
exactly do they check in? How do they enter the property? Now, that is the whole continent we're going to be covering
in the check-in process. So essentially there's
four different ways of ways of doing check-ins. The first one is Meet and Greet. The second one is key nest. The third one is lock boxes, and the fourth one is
coded door handles. We're going to get in
through step-by-step or how you can apply
all of these and the different variations of
how you can apply these. So the first one
is Meet and Greet. Essentially meeting Greek means that either you yourself or your cleaners or your mentions person or someone else
that you've hired, basically meets the guest at the property and
helps them check in. So you say to the
guest while Tom, are you going to be
arriving this **** be there at four PM, five PM. You make sure there's someone
there with a kid 45PM and they they check the man, they show them, they give them the key they showed
in the apartment. So you might have experienced
this yourself, which is, I recently went on holiday to
Turkey and the person said, what time are you arriving
with at 11:00 PM. And the person was
there 11 PM with acute showed us around
and answer any questions. And that is one way
of doing checking. The problem with
that is that, well, you need a person to do that and whether that's yourself
or someone else, you either have to pay them or you've just spent a lot of
your time doing the check-in, which is something I personally would not
want to be doing. I would want it a
lot more automated. But that is one way of doing it, which is meeting
Read Me people at the property and check them in. Again, very I think there's
a lot of limitations. For example, even if
you've hired someone, if they're ill or if
they were running late or maybe it's a guest was
running late, flights delayed. There's a lot of back-and-forth and it can be a bit inefficient, but that's one way
of doing check-ins, which is meeting people
at the property. The second one is
by using Kenya's. Now, the way it works is
imagine that you have a local shop around your
apartment or house. And what happens is if key nest operates in that area
or in that shop, you can essentially
leave your keys there and the guests can go to the shop and essentially
pick up the keys. Now there is also a video tutorial which is
going to follow on from this using
bike ENS themselves. And there'll be
explaining a lot more digital exactly how DNS works, but it is a great solution if you have a key
nest shop near you, which is, uh, you
can basically in a very secure way and the cadence tutorial
will explain this. You can leave your
keys that are shop, the guests goes to the shop, picks up the key and essentially checks
into the apartment. Very, very good way of doing it. If you don't want to
do meaning greed, that is the first alternative
to meet and greet, which is again, an automated
way of doing check-ins. The third option is
using lockbox is and so now I've shown you two
different lock boxes here. The first one is a lockbox, which is essentially
drill it into the wall. So with these lockbox
is the way they work is you sort
of put them there, put the lockbox, is there
someone else or their property? The guest comes in and they essentially punish the key codes and the key comes out and they entered the
apartment or the house. And it's a pretty simple,
pretty straightforward. So now the first variation
is you can essentially drill it into the wall that is shown
by the left-hand picture. And if you look at the
right-hand picture, it is actually pretty
much the same thing, but it has almost
like a bicycle lock, padlock type of hook. And the reason you can use the reason you have
those is that a lot of times you can't you don't have a suitable place or a good
place to drill something. Whereas if you have
something where you can hook this onto, again, it makes it very easy to do chickens because you can
essentially hook this onto the door to a
bikeshare, to a railing. We have a property in Victoria
where essentially there's a plan port right next to the main door and
on the plant pot. Of course, another plan plot
is sort of like hanging on the wall and it comes with like all this stuff for
the plant, pot, cover letters, metal thing
which holds at the plant. I think you get the
point. And we have a padlock which basically
hooks onto that. So you have the main door and literally right
next to the door, you have the padlock and again, a very good way of doing it. So because of that property
wasn't management property. It wasn't a property
that we owned. The landlord wasn't
happy about us drilling this onto the
wall, but he was fine with, of course, as hooking a padlock because he
doesn't damage anything. You don't have to
drill anything. So it's a very convenient
way when you can't essentially drill
something onto the wall, but you have a bike
shed or railing or any sort of thing which you can basically hook
this lockbox onto. So again, lockbox is the
second way of doing this, I think is one of the best
ways of doing this because essentially it takes out
any humans in the middle, even with keen, as of course, you have to go to the
shop and you have to speak to the shopper and
row and navigate the key. Whereas with this one, if you have a good way of
doing check-ins and checkouts, then the guest can arrive at their time if they
are running late, it doesn't matter if
they get there early. As long as it's within
your check-in time period. For example, if they
said, let's say you're checking is from
three PM onwards. And they said to you, well,
we'll get there at five. Even if they get there are four, it doesn't matter because the
key is going to be there. They don't have to keep going back-and-forth
with you in terms of communication is efficient,
so on and so on. So there's a lot of
benefits of doing a lock box if you
can't other drill into the wall or alternatively
have it basically right next to the wall
on some sort of padlock. Now, the last way was
the coded door handles. So again, if you look
at this image here, this is a Yale lock. And what happens
is that you have a keypad and there are no keys. Essentially, what
happens is you give your guests the
code for the door. They press the code
and essentially, they can use that code
to enter the property. So with this solution, again is an amazing solution because there's
no key, isn't it? There's no keys and those
keys can ever get lost. Now again, this solution can be hard depending
on your strategy. If you own the
property yourself, then is relatively easy because you can change the door handles. Whereas a lot of time
if you're doing rent to rent or if you're
doing management, the landlords might
not want you to change their door handles, and in that case, that sort of rules
out this option. But the reason
we've gone through these four different
options are because it doesn't really matter which type of property
that you have. Because whatever the
type of property is, you can always find a
way of doing a check-in. There's no point
in really thinking about how to do check-ins until you sort
of have a property. But once you have a property, you can, you can look
at it and evaluate. So for example, the first
thing I would ask is, Well, can you have a
coded door handle? And if the answer is no, then you move on to the
next solution, which is, well, can I put a
lock box somewhere? And if you can, that's great. And if you can't put a lock box, then you move on to
the next one which is, well, is there a key? And as a result of sharp supported by Kenya's
raking leaves the key. Again. If there's not, then you move on to the last one which
is Meet and Greet. But again, if you'd be
a bit creative with especially the padlock,
the padlock lockbox. And you will find
that generally, a lot of times you can find somewhere where
you can hook this. It might be a one-minute
walk from the property, might be a two-minute
walk from the property, and that's fine because
there's still a lot more efficient
than communicating back and forth or going to a different place to pick up
the key and so on and so on. So generally, I think
what you'll find is that when it comes
to the padlock, it can be a great solution. End within a one-meter,
one-minute distance. With two-minute walk, you
can generally find a place to put these on and they
work really, really well. The last thing when it comes
to keys and lock boxes are, well, how many kids do you need? And I think this is a
list of how many keys you really need and the reason
you need these keys. So the first one is
unit one main key, which is the guessed key, which is going to
be in the lockbox. Now, when I say lockbox, it could be a lockbox or
it could be at a key nest, or it can be with your
meeting greed person. But essentially, there
is one main key, which is the main way
of doing it. Checking. The second key you need is
for any spare lock boxes. So for example, let's say you
use a lockbox methodology. You have to have your
main lockbox and around that property somewhere or maybe underneath it or to the
side wherever you can. You have to have the
second lock box, which has a spare key
because there will come a time where a guess
might call you. And they said, Well, we've
lost a key and you might not be able to get there to
give them a new key. But if you have a lockbox
right next to it or somewhere, then essentially they can
just use the spirit key. Now. Or for example, this doesn't
just apply to lock boxes. If you use key nest, you just make sure you have
two keys at the keynotes. The first one is the main one. And if that was
to ever get lost, you would just use a backup key. And they will just go to the keynote again
for this pair key. Now what I would
say is you need to, in your terms and conditions which we will go through this, that we have £150 charge
if someone loses a key. So for example, if
someone did lose a key, there will have to pay you £150. Now, they could pay that or that could come out of
their security deposit. But yeah, there's 150%
charged for any lost keys. But the reason I mentioned
this here is because, well, if they do lose a key, there has to be a
spike here somewhere so they can enter
their properties. So make sure that you
have two keys at least, because the second one
is for the spirit. Now, the next key is
your cleaner keys. So I believe we will clean
it should also have a key. So for example, they don't
have to go somewhere to pick up a key and then put
it back and so on and so on. Again, that saves them time and that will save you
money as well. And that will make you always have all the keys they need in order to enter a
property, labor property. So make sure you're
cleaners have a key that is the third key that you need. And finally, the last
key is the backup key. The reason you have
a backup key is, well, imagine you
have the main key. The guest loses the main key. So they opened the spare lockbox of the gate to the keynotes
to get a spare key. Now, technically the guesses
used up the first two keys, you'll cleaner has the third key and now you should have a
backup key, the fourth key, because while if you
now need to make a key card to replace the key, well, you have to
have another key in order to go and make a key card. So all the properties you have, make sure you have at least 40 is the main key, this parakeet, the cleaner key and any backup key to make
sure you can get key cards and copies
and so on and so on in case one does get lost. And that is how
you do check-ins. You make sure you have
four copies of each key. And then based on your building, based on your property, you essentially walk, how
shall I do a meet and greet? Shall I do cleanest? Shall I do lock boxes, or shall I do coded or handles. But regardless of whatever
type of property you have, you will always find a solution with one of those variations.
24. Furnish your Property : In this session, we will
be covering how you can furnish your property. What are different options where you can buy
everything from? And also we'll be going
through the shopping list, the things you need to essentially purchase at
the end of every checkout. Not necessarily you have to purchase at the end
of every checkout, but the thing is you
need to replenish after every checkout. So when it comes to furniture, there is essentially
three main options. The first one is
ikea and Amazon. Now I can Amazon are very, very good essentially
because well, the products are very
good quality and they're also lower price when it
comes to competitors. So in the task garden section, I've also included
an Excel file which goes through all the
different pieces of furniture you need to buy. So think of this like a
tick list, essentially, go through everything and select essentially everything you need for
the different rooms. So you have the living room, bedrooms, the kitchen, the
bathroom, and so on and so on. And this will go through
every single thing you need in your property. So that is a first option. You can use Amazon and Ikea. Now the things I've
included for ikea, you can use this list as more of a checklist rather than
buying the exact same items. So for example, you might go to the bedroom section and
you, you might not like, you didn't necessarily
have to buy the exact same wardrobe or the exact same chest of drawers. You can simply just buy
something else that you prefer, but at least you know,
well these are the things I need and it turns into
a bit of a tick list. Now, not everything might necessarily fit
in your property. So for example, we have
a chest of drawers. Now, we don't necessarily put in chest abroad in
every single one of our properties because a
lot of properties do not have space in order
to put this in and you don't necessarily require either
people are there for short-term stays
and as long as you have a wardrobe that is
normally sufficient, if you have a huge room and you have space to
put these extra things, then feel free to add them. Maybe even adding a desk and chair for so if
people have work to do, they can do. So. You don't necessarily
have to buy every single one
of these things, but it is a complete list of everything you
could possibly need. And then you simply
desirable which ones you need and which ones
you do not need. So I will add a link to this Excel file in the
task guidance section. So you can either buy
the same item or uses as a checklist in order to know
exactly the things you need. The second thing is using a company called
fusion furniture. Now a fusion furniture is
that done for you service, which essentially means
that you simply place an order on their website and they will do
everything for you. They will bring the
furniture to the property, they will build it, they
will clear all the rubbish. So if you if you don't
have a lot of time and you want someone else
to do all of that for you. Essentially, you want to
outsource everything. Food and furniture is a
great example of that. And that's, that's exactly
the service that you offer. And I will include more
details about them in the task guidance section. So that is the
second alternative. And finally, the last option is by hiring an
interior designer. So if you have an
interior designer, they will essentially pay all
the furniture and it will peak Anything you need for the kitchens and
bathrooms for you. So you don't necessarily have to go and find all those items. Now that possibly might be the most expensive
option out of the three, purely because sometimes
you end up buying bespoke items or items
from not mainstream shops. So that can be a bit expensive, but it does result
in a good product, something which is
designed very, very well. So in summary, IT and Amazon tend to be
the cheapest option, followed by fusion furniture. Again, one of the
reasons that is a bit more expensive
is purely because, well, they're doing it for you. Everything is done for you. You simply give
them the keys and like I said, everything
will be done. And finally, you have the higher end interior
design option, which is the most expensive one, but you do end up with a very good-looking property if you have got
someone who's very, very good interior designer. So that is essentially
what you need to do when it comes to
furnishing your property. Now, in terms of
the shopping list, there are essentially
three main items. The first one is your basic. So for example, your
tea, coffee and sugar. And I wouldn't really offer
anything else beyond this. So for example, some people have milk and those sort of things. But I, in my opinion, they tend to go
off very quickly. You can get carton milk which
doesn't go off as much, or I believe it's called UHF or you hate to see
milk or something. Again, doesn't go off mud. I don't really tend
to put those in. I tend to put in tea, coffee, and sugar and leave it at that. If you want to put
in some extra best, like some many cereals, feel free, or even some best-case which we've done
in the past, fuel free. But those are the basics that we essentially put in tea,
coffee, and sugar. The second thing is we
put in toilet paths. Toilet plates are essentially, I can give you a very
quick example here. On out of Egypt, this
is the website we use. Again, I will put these links in the Task Guide in section. So you essentially have
these mini toiletries which you can leave for
your guests are when they, when they check in
you essentially, they essentially have
these many toiletries and they can essentially
use them for their state. It just seems a bit
more professional and you end up getting
better reviews. So for example, a set like this. You have a body wash, shower cap, those
sort of things. And again, they're
very, very cheap. It's only £3.54,
including VAT per stay. Very, very cheap. That is, those are the
toilet packs we use. And finally, tolerable. So you do need some towel
rolls in the property. So again, I will add the links to these in
the task garden section, but those are the basic things you need from a shopping list. So tea, coffee, sugar, toilet packs, and toilet rolls, which have to be replenished at the end of every single state.
25. Internet Setup: I think most people
will agree that possibly one of the
most important things in rental properties in
service departments in hotels, it has now become the Wi-Fi. And essentially one you
need good wife Wi-Fi, and you need to make
sure that Wi-Fi is there before the first
guest checks in. So this is something you
should do as soon as possible. Now, if you want very, very quick Wi-Fi in good Wi-Fi, these are your two main options. The first one is Virgin Wi-Fi. The reason burden is good is because there are
connections are very fast. They generally most of the time depending
on the location, they can just send you a
box and you plug it in and you're you're
pretty much good to go. I think. So. That is a very good option. The second option
is, for example, if you go with any
other broadband or any other internet provider, sometimes they can
be a bit of a delay. So they might say,
Well, will come out in two weeks time and we'll
plug everything in. But what you don't want to do
is you don't want to leave your property empty for two weeks while you
don't have internet. And what you also
don't want to do is get people in there
and they're reliable. There's no Wi-Fi because
you will get bad reviews. So if you haven't
bit of a delay, which you can do is you can use R, E pay-as-you-go dongle. Now, this thing is
basically imagine like a small device the
size of your phone. And it normally comes with 30
gigabytes or 40 gigabytes. It's not cheap, but
essentially it's this tiny thing you
can use for Internet. And it gets checked in and
they just connect their phone or their laptop to this
tiny dongle is very small. It's like smaller than
the size of your hand. And as soon as you plug
this into the wall, you, you basically get Internet. It is only as a
temporary solution. It is not really designed for a long-term
solution because it is so expensive and it's
literally just used for maybe if you're on
the road or something, you needed some good Wi-Fi
and those sort of things. So but again, it is much, much better than having
an empty property or having a property
with no Wi-Fi. So make sure you get the
Wi-Fi as soon as possible. And if you will, provide
a says there's gonna be a bit of a delay until
you get the Wi-Fi. If you already have the property live in guests who've
already booked, then make sure you
have at least a Internet dongle in there, which they can use
on a temporary basis until you have the proper
Internet connection.
26. Professional Photography: One of the most important
things when it comes to marketing is by far the
professional pictures. So if you have good
quality pictures, you will get a lot
more bookings. And if you don't have
very good pictures, when guests arrive onto Airbnb
booking.com, your website, wherever they say is, if they
see bad quality pictures, they're less likely to book. And I think this is possibly the single best
investment you can make, is very, very cheap. But essentially it makes
the biggest difference, which is hiring a
professional photographer to come and take pictures
of your apartment. Now, you might think, well, I'm good at photography or I
don't need to professional, I can sort of just do
this with my phone. I'm telling you, like the
people who do this as a living, as a day job, they will
make your property. You look ten times better, or even 20 times
better than what you can do on an iPhone or with
some basic photography. And at the end of the day, people booked these properties
based on the pictures. If there's a good picture there, they will book in
at the pictures on my goods. They
aren't going to book. So make sure you get professional photos
of your apartment. Now, with the
professional photos is another thing you need to get when they're when they're
photographer comes in. This is the list of
pictures that you need from your photographer. So when they when they come in, you say to them, Well, yep. Take the pictures off the
apartment of the house of whatever you're
photographing. And essentially you
also need this list of pictures and I'll explain why
you need them in a second. The first one is well, of course, the property itself. After you've taken the
pictures of the property, you also need pictures of the entrance and the
check-in process. So you want to you want to
say to your photographer, like almost act as if they're checking into
the property, so okay. Well, this is the picture
of the main road. This is where the lock boxes or, or this is where the key nest Sharpies
and this is a lockbox will essentially have a
very clear picture of where the lockbox is in
relation to the property. And then you basically have a
step-by-step process of how you check into the property
and you have pictures. Now you could also make a video, but I think pitchers do
the job most of the time because if you have these
pictures and by the way, we will use these
pictures to make the guest manual later on. Then guest won't be
constantly asking you, well, I can't find that lockbox. How do I check in? How do I check out?
Because you have the picture of the
building on the road. You have the patriarch. What
exactly what a lockbox is. Are you have the picture of the front door of the building. So make sure you have
all the pictures as if you were checking
into the property for the first time in pseudo, you just do step-by-step. The next thing you
need is a close up. So these are your amenities,
your toilet pegs. So now let's say
your property has a dishwasher and it
has like you can provide fresh towels and fresh toilet packs or if
you provide anything else, you want to make sure those
things are photographed because when you want to
put them onto your listing, because that really sells your listener cells
your property compared to other properties. So all these small details, these extra touches, the small
things will set you apart. You want to make sure the
photographer takes pictures of those because you can use
those for your marketing. The next thing is a picture
of the heating control, the water control, and
the washing machine. Again, the reason you need these is because if for example, if you have a picture
of the heating control and in the manual you can explain whether hitting control is how the
heating control works. How to turn the heating on, how to turn the hot water on. If you have all of
those in a manual, you're not gonna get the
coal from the guessing. Oh, I can't work out. You know how to turn this on. I can't work out how
to turn that on. If you have the picture
of the heating control, the water control, the
washing machine control, all those sort of things. Then you're not gonna get those questions again
and again and again. And it will just make your
life much, much easier. The next thing you
need to picture off is the communal bins. So this only applies to
apartments more so than houses. But again, even with houses, you should take pictures
of the bins outside and, or show them exactly
where the bins are. The reason you want
to show them where the bins are is because if it's a long guests and they
are therefore a few weeks, most likely they will have to
change bins here and there. It's important for them
to know where to put out the trash and where to
put the other bins. And again, if you're if this is a house
where the bins have to be put out every Thursday
or every Wednesday, then again, you would
put that in the manual, take a picture of
whether Ben's need to go and you put this in
your manual that every Thursday please leave the bins on the main road or wherever the bins are supposed
to be and so that people can come in,
empty out the trash. So again, if you have
those pictures in place, you're not gonna
get the questions. The next thing you need is
a picture of the parking. So again, if you provide
parking is very, very helpful to know exactly
which Bei how to enter the car parks and maybe next to the building
There's a gating. There's a gauge for the parking, and that's how you entered
into the car park. So again, if you have
a picture of the gate and you have the
picture of the bay, You're not gonna get
the question would be, is it how do I enter all those questions
relating to parking? Finally, you need a picture
of the view from the window. Now this isn't for the manual, this is more so for
your mounting, again, there's only really applies if you have a good
view other windows. So for example, if you're in Central London and you've got an amazing view of
the London skyline or maybe a famous monument. There might be really helpful. Or again, even if you're in a not so popular area in
urine and a nice town or That's a village or
something and you've already nice view or
with cafes and so on. And so now, if you
think that view is something which
sells the property a bit more than that is
something you would put into your into your
marketing essentially. So make sure you, one, you hire a professional
photographer to take pictures. And the second thing you
need to do is make sure not only do they take
pictures of your property, but they also take pictures
of all these things. I've listed below,
purely because well, you can use those to improve your marketing and also
improve your guest manual, which saves you a lot of
time because people don't keep asking the same
questions again and again.
27. Create a Guest Manual: In this session, we'll
be going through the gas manual that you
need to create in order to make sure your guests have a
good experience and also to avoid any unnecessary questions which can be answered
using the guest manual. Now, the platform
I used method yes. Manuals is called
first fully.com. And essentially what hurts flea does is it allows you to create an online manual which
you can also print out. What that would mean
is, for example, once you have this manual, so this is on a phone, this is on an iPad. You can basically send your guests are linked
to your manual. Before they've been
checked into the property, they already have the manual, which is actually much, much better than simply just having a manual
which is in the property because there's a
lot of information they need before they even
get into the property. And typically the
problem with manuals, printed manuals is that, well, you can only access that information once you're actually within the property. Inside the property. But what about
information like how do I check in and so on
and so on again, what's the best way
of getting there? Which trains should I get? Where's the parking space? All there has to be
addressed before they actually check
into the property. And this is exactly what
host fully allows you to do. It allows you to make a very, very simple manual
very, very quickly. So what I'm going to do now is essentially
all you have to do is click sign up and
it will take you through the process of
making your manual. But let me just show you exactly what you
can do if you go to products and click
guidebook examples. This will show you,
give you some very, very good tips and tricks on
the sort of things you can do with your own manual using some of their
really cool examples. So you have this company here, hot off Cape Cod, I guess it's a apartment company or accommodation company. And then you click
See guidebook, and then opens up
their guidebook. And this will give you a
lot of ideas when it comes to essentially making your own. It's very, very simple. It's essentially a
template you can use to make your own guidebook. So now this is
exactly how the guest will see your
guidebook, for example. So let's have all
your details here. So then you click on that. They can click on arrival
house manual attraction. So they click on arrival, all the arrival
details that there. So the check-in time, gaining access, the Wi-Fi
details, the property, address, their
directions, the parking, the recommended ways
of getting there from the airport
if you're driving. So you have all the details, then you click house manual. And within the house
manual you have all the details about how
to use different things. So for example, it
says swimming pool and it has all the details
about the swimming pool, what time the spring pulls
open and so on and so on. So this is by the way, one of the reasons we
took all those pictures. One of the reasons I I
recommended that you use your professional
photographer to take pictures off the
heating controls, the washing machine
controls so on and so on. So you can essentially
add them to your manual. And like I said, you can also add videos to the
manual as well, which is really helpful. So for example, this one
says the dishwasher, and this is exactly what I meant and they've
done a really good job. The dishwasher tablets
are under the sink. Their recommended
setting is cycle five. And again, it just helps the guest when
they are bare end, if you have all
this information, they won't be asking
you a lot of questions, which obviously is very good for you because it cuts
down a lot of your time. The emergency numbers,
you have parking, secure parking for
many vehicles on cipher cars and motorbikes. So again, if you have
all those things, again, helps just a lot. So I believe the apartment
is probably here somewhere. Let's have a look. You have all these
see as you hover over the attractions on
the right-hand side, you can see it's changing. So it's highlighting
which ones they are. So again, this is really
helpful for guests. You can have cafes here
and so on and so on. Places to eat. Again, really good shopping. Again, very, very helpful
to have these things. And then for departure, well, what time you have to check
out anything additional? Where should they leave the key? And any additional details which you want them to carry
out before they check out. So again, that was a
very good example. If I go to one more, just so you can see, again, another apartment company
or accommodation company. So we go here, we go to a rival. So again, very similar. They have all the Wi-Fi
details and parking details and how to get there
by bus and taxi. They also have the color,
the current weather, which is again something
just additional touch, which was really helpful.
And very, very similar. So, you know how to open the door or how
to lock the apartment. Essentially,
everything you need in order to have a good state. You don't have any
extra questions. Everything's already
answered for them. So this is what we
used host flee for, which is to make the manual
see as many examples as you want just to get some
ideas of how you can create your own manual, again, is very easy to use. It's essentially a template. And if you need some help, you can even go to the demo. And under the demo you can
watch their 15-minute demo, which will show you exactly
how to use the manual. Or you can even
click this button here and ask them more
and more questions. But hopefully is the platform I would recommend for manuals. And what we're going to be doing with manuals once
you've made it is very similar to all
these companies will be taking this link and we'll be sending
this to our guests every time they simply
make a bookings. Every time someone makes it booking in their
battery check in or maybe a few
days before checking, we send them these detailed. So they now have to
check in where to get the key with a lockbox is or where the key nesters and all those details
so they have a much, much better stay and avoid any unnecessary
questions for you. So hopefully.com is what you need in order to
create your manuals.
28. Channel Manager Setup: In this session, we'll
be covering how to solve automating your service
combination business. Now, the stage we're at, we have a property up
and running and we really need to start
automating purely because, well, if there isn't
any automation, it will end up burning
a lot of your time. So now the best tool
for automation, in my opinion, is gassy.com. Now, GST is what is known
as a channel manager. We can call it property
management tool, whatever you want
to call it, but essentially it is
a channel manager. What that means is that, as you can see on this diagram, the reason is in different
colleges because these are essentially maybe
different platforms. So you have a B&B, Expedia, Booking.com, HomeAway
TripAdvisor. And you have one central tool
for all your reservations, because what you don't want
to be doing is logging into all the different
websites and seeing well, how much money you
made from Booking.com, how much you made
from AirBnB and then automating it
becomes a huge, huge challenge, so on and so on. So what Jessie does is it
basically keeps everything in one place and it just makes the automation process a lot easier using some
of their tools. So if I go to features here and then click
automation tools, okay, maybe I missed it. Let me just scroll down. They offer a lot of analytics. You can even have
websites through them, but we'll ignore that
for the time being. The channel manager is essentially what I'm
referring to when I say that all your bookings are essentially controlled
in one place. So this is the most
important thing, which is the automation tools. And the automation tools allows you to do
things like this. It allows you to send
automatic messages. So for example, in
this screenshot here, if you see it says schedule
to two days before check-in and maybe before
two days before checking, you have your
confirmation message. You have your check-in
message which says, thank you for booking here
or the check-in details, Here's your manual,
so on and so on. And equally two days
before checkout, you can have your
checkout message. So it could say something like your checkout is
coming up in two days. This will you need to
divide the checkout. This we need to leave your
keys, so on and so on. So that will do
that automatically for you without you
having to do anything. And this will actually
messaged a guest through SMS, through email or through
the booking platform. So AirBnB and Booking.com. So you can basically set up all your messages so you never have to send them
messages yourself. It will also will
automatically be done. Alternate responses. This is a really cool feature. This is, I believe guest
is the only software which actually does this in the whole of the service
accommodation industry, which is you can set this sum. So every time you
guessed has a question. So for example, they
might say, well, you know, for example, what is the Wi-Fi password
or so on and so on. I guess t will actually answer
those messages for you. Which is really cool because you don't have time
to be replying to the same messages again and
again about Wi-Fi or where the towels are or what the check-in time we
check our time is, you essentially store
all your responses on gusty and guessed it will
answer those for you. You might be thinking, Well, surely it's not
gonna be that good because it's a computer doing
it rather than a human. The way guest he actually
worked as they actually have their own staff who replied
to the messages for you. So it's not like a
computer is replying, essentially people
replying on your behalf. Which makes it really cool because it's very,
very accurate. Well, it's a 100% accurate because there's people replying. And it means you don't have
to answer all the questions, you just have to preprogram
them and they will, it will answer it for you. You have stuff
like auto pricing. Now, this is not something
I particularly use, but if you wanted to set
up some pricing rules, you can absolutely
do that for you. And this could be
things like increase the price of my accommodation by ten per cent
for any bookings, which is more than one
month in the future. Now some people might
do that because they might want to say
what they might say. Well, if there's more
than one month in month, one month in advance, then well, maybe I want a higher price. I'm not really too
fast about offering, getting those bookings
at the same rate. Maybe I want a bit more money, so I'll increase my rate. Again, not something we're
going to dive into too much. It's not something I believe
is needed because we're going to do this using other
techniques which will, which is going to be covered. So you can ignore this one and then you have stuff
like altered reviews, which is again really good. So every time a guest leaves
you a review on Airbnb, they will actually review the
guest for you without you having to review guests every single time they they
check out your property. So again, you can automate the review so it's not something you have to do
automatic payments. So rather than you
taking payments yourself going into striping, taking payments, this
can do that for you. It can be completely automated. So these are just
some of the features. They have so many more features. This is just a quick
overview of GST, but essentially what you
need to do, and by the way, GST has one of the best
on-boarding trainings. They're almost not known for
their on-boarding training, but they have very, very good on-boarding training. So they're going to
take you step-by-step and help you set
this up entirely. So you are essentially
up and running. All your properties
are connected, they're automated, and
everything is in one place. So in order to sign up for JST, what do you need to
do is you need to email one of my
account managers. The reason for that is that
gusty actually doesn't allow people to sign up to get the if they only
have one property. So the minimum requirement for guests D is five properties. If you're under five, you can actually sign
up, you guessed it. However, I have an
understanding with one of my account managers
and she's very happy that if I refer someone, then they can sign up
with only one unit. So in the task guidance section, I'll be including her
email and exactly what you need to email her in order
to get listed with gusty. And what you need to
do is you need to email her and she will
put you in for a demo. And once you sign up, there is an onboarding fee. And on boarding fee is
around £500 of £600. And they also take a percentage of bookings going forward. But again, they only take commission going forward
and there's a one-off fee. And I personally
think that's really, really good because they're not charging you a fixed
fee every single month. So you're not really tied
in. You only make money. For example, they only
make money if you're actually getting bookings
and making money yourself, which is really, really helpful. So that's what you
need to do there. What you need to e-mail
my account manager, her name is Shelly. I'll include hair
detailed request, a demo. Once you've had a demo,
you need to sign up for guests to you need to
pay the onboarding fee. And then they will
take you through the on-boarding
training where they will help you set
this up entirely. And this is going to be
the best way to start automating your service
accommodation business by far.
29. Change Booking.com Payments: Once you set up gusty, you need to change
your booking.com payments so you're able to take the payments
yourself rather than Booking.com taking
the payments for you. So in order to do that, click onto property,
go into policies. Once you're on that page, if you scroll down, there is a section which
says guest payment options. Now, if you're using
payments by booking, which you would have done
when you made the account, then that's essentially
what the settings will be. But you can click Edit and you can select the
type of property. So it says, can you charge
credit cards or the property? Click yes, and then select the ones that
you want to charge. And you can select
essentially all of these except for
this last one here, and then just click Save. Now what that will do that will automatically change your
payments are going forward. You will be taking the
payments yourself rather than Booking.com taking
the payments for you. Now, what is the reason
we're doing this? Well, there's a couple
of main reasons. The first one is that even though Booking.com
takes payment, they don't take the
security deposit. Now, we want to
make sure we take the payment and the
security deposit. And if you're taking
both at the same time, it just makes it
slightly easier. Whereas if Booking.com has taken a payment and you're taking
the security deposit, sometimes a guest end
up having a bit of a bad experience because
they didn't realize why why you're taking another payment when Booking.com is already taken the payment, it becomes very confusing. The second thing is
payments by booking. Booking.com. They normally pay
you about 30 days after the booking or there
is a bit of a delay. Whereas if you take
payments yourself, you can take payment in
before they check in. So you always have you never have any cashflow issues from that point of view
because you don't have to wait until you get the money. And you also have
a lot more control over your bookings because well, essentially, you've taken
the payment yourself. Who's paying, who is
staying, so on and so on. So you essentially, you just
have a lot more control. So you need to make this
change and going forward, what that will do is
that will mean you have to take the
payment yourself. Now the way you take the
payment yourself is by connecting your Stripe
account to GST. So what will then happen is that essentially guessed it will
be connected to strive. And I will add this link into
the task guidance section. And then once you do that, you go on to dst
and you go into, for example, any
of your listings. And once you go
into our property, you can go into auto payments. So for example, if I was
to click on a property, if I was to go into automation
and go into auto payments. As you can see, what I've done here is I've
set up this rule here. So if I, if I just click back onto these rules,
as you can see, what is happening is that the payment is being
scheduled to collect 30 days before checking 100
per cent choosing guest card. So what this will do and guessed it will
help you set this up. This will essentially
take the payment for you. So essentially what
is happening here is 30 days before check-in. Guest is taking the payment. Now the reason this
is 30 days before because my cancellation
policy is 30 days. So as soon as you're within
the cancellation policy, you want to be
taking that payment. If you're cancellation
policy was 14 days, you will simply change
that to 14 days. The reason is you don't want
to take money before they cancellation period because
if they were to then cancel, you'd then have to
go and refund them. So I only take payment once I'm within the
cancellation period. So reach out to guess
the and they can help you setup the autumn payments
feature for your property. But that is essentially
all you need to do, which is you need to change your payment settings
within Booking.com, then connect your Stripe
account to guess D. So you have a payment
processor which is able to take the payment and then reach out to cast it so
they can help you set up auto payments for your
property and make sure you take the payment only within your
cancellation periods. So if you cancellations
five days, you take your five
days before checking. If it is 30 days. You take a 30 days
before chicken, and that is all you need
to do in order to set up your own payments
for Booking.com.
30. Reasons Security Checks are Requested: In this video, we'll be
covering security checks and essentially preventing
any type of fraud parties or any
bad related events when it comes to
services, accommodations. So there's two main reasons
for having security checks. The first one is to
preventing parties or any other related events and the second one is to
preventing chargebacks. Chargebacks basically
mean that imagine someone stays in your service
commendation unit and a month later they say, well, you got an email from the bank company, the
credit card company. They say, well,
this accommodation was booked using a
stolen credit card. So you need to provide proof that this person
actually did stay. Now, if someone booked with
a stolen card is unlikely, you'll be able to provide proof that that exact person
States since well, the person who stayed
was actually not that person since he used
a stolen credit card. So what ends up happening is you have to give
all the money back. So the last thing you want is you get a thousand pound
booking a month later. They take the £1000 away from you purely
because while you can't prove that that person stayed since it was stolen card. Now, so what would you want to do is we want to
make sure we don't get those bookings in
the first place and we can detect any sort
of credit card fraud. So in this session, we
will be essentially going through two
main objectives. One how-to prevent any
bad events like parties. And then in the second half
we'll be going through how to prevent any sort of chargebacks. And that is the reason we have the guests verification process.
31. Airbnb Guest Verification : In this video, we'll
be going through some policies you can set for Airbnb in order to make sure you don't get any parties
or any bad guest. So you need to go into your
guest account and then click. Once you're in a listing
click communication service, then you scroll
down and you have a thing which says This
listings checklist. The checklist guessed
it will follow for every single booking on Airbnb. Now the first thing says that
verification offline ID. What that means is if
someone is inquiring to book your apartment and
they do not have an ID. For example, their
ID is not verified or an Airbnb guest who will say, please verify your ID and here's a link how to verify your ID. You have to verify your ID before you can book
the apartment. So that is a very good
way of making sure that anyone who books
through incident booking or through inquiry has an
online ID because you want to you want to make
sure they have government issued IDs
on their profiles. The next we have no pets. If someone was to ask, Well, can I bring my pets?
The answer is no. Unfortunately, because
while we do not want I don't necessarily
want a lot of pets in my property
because while they might damage the furniture,
so on and so on. If if anyone wants to ask
about parties and events, they would also get
a no because while we do not want these
types of properties. The next one, if someone
wants to ask about events, again, that is a now
similar to this. The next one didn't, you know, importantly is this
one here which is guessed from same
city as listing. Ask what that means is, let's say you are operating
in Peterborough and you get an inquiry from
someone who lives in Peterborough in that case, guest who will
highlight this to you and flag this up and
they will send you a text message or an
email saying someone from Peterborough is looking to book your listing
in Peterborough. The reason I liked this up is because I'm always cautious of people who are
booking accommodation down the road or a few
minutes from where they live. Because to me that is a sign of maybe someone
looking to have a party. Now, a lot of the
times you get someone, it's an elderly couple
and they might have some relatives coming or
something. That's fine. But you do have to
be a bit careful about when people are booking
from the same location. So this is a rule you
need to have for AirBnB. So this is highlighted. Reviews if bad reviews ask. So again, when someone
sends an inquiry on Airbnb guests, you
will check their reviews. If they have any bad reviews, they will highlight this for
you and they will ask you, what should they do so
they let them stay, should they not let them stay? Again, very, very
helpful because if they had bad reviews
in the past, you want to see what the
bad reviews of four, how many bad reviews they have. Because if they have a lot
of bad reviews and you don't necessarily want
them in your property. The last one here is
filming and photoshoot. If someone asks
us about hosting, filming and photo shoots within the property
than we decline, we don't really want a lot
of equipment going back and forth are a lot of people in the apartment is
going back and forth. It is not exactly the ideal. So in that case
we also declined. So these are the settings. You can simply copy them. You can speak to your guest
account manager and they can reach out to the sport team and get them to set
this up for you. I believe you can't actually
set this up yourself. There might be some new options. But essentially in
order to do this, you have to reach out to yesterday and they
can do that for you.
32. Booking.com Policies: In order to avoid any bad
bookings on Booking.com, the first thing you
need to do is go on to property and then
click policies. Now when you do that,
you essentially end up on a page like this, which has all your
policies in place. And what you can do
there is you can simply scroll right to the bottom. And you have a section we
says guest information. Now what you need to do here is where it says guest
address details. You can leave these ones. You don't necessarily need these because we will get these from the guest using our
terms and conditions form. But I would turn
on that they must provide a phone number since you need this to contact them. And I would importantly
set the minimum age to 22 because what I don't want it I don't
want 18-year-olds, 19-year-olds who are still maybe students in universities. I don't really want
those people booking. So I have a minimum age of 22. So if anyone does Booth
who is below that age, I can simply cancel that became because it does not meet
my terms and conditions. Very, very simple to
do, very easy to do, but it's a great
way of preventing bookings by people
who are pretty young and who might not necessarily be up
to a lot of good. That is what you need to
do within Booking.com, change your policies and
insert a minimum age.
33. Preventing Chargebacks: So in order to prevent
chargebacks from stolen cards from people with cars that do
not belong to them. This is what you need to do
and what you need to follow. The first thing
you need to do is you need to create a form. Now, I've created this form
using cold form psi.com. You can simply making a
calendar is very cheap, very easy to do. And I have a form here which basically asked people
for the type of booking, whether it's personal
or business, and their arrival date, their departure date, the details off the
people book King. So for example, uh, who, who has the guest name, who is booked by? The reason I have
this distinction here is because sometimes people
booked for other people, I want to know who's
making the booking and who's paying for the booking. Because when it comes to preventing chargebacks
and stolen cards, you want to make sure that you have the person who's
making the payment. You need their details. It doesn't really matter
as much who stays. It's very, very
important and yet the details of the person
making the payment, since a lot of people booked for their children or
maybe they've booked for in a company that
book for a colleague. But you need the details of the person who is actually
making the payment. Because if you do not
have those details and someone down the lines visible and then
restated as property, you can't challenge them. This is why it's very important to have these extra details. Now, if you select business, then essentially you have some extra details here and
it just says company details and you want their company
name and company email address and Company,
so on and so on. But if we just personal, it's pretty much
the same except for those added things you can
play around with this. I'll leave a link to
my form so you can simply copy and paste
my form if you want to. So once they've
added their details, very important to note here, it says the billing address
of the Payment Card, you, the home address doesn't
really matter as much because you will get this from
their ID sometimes anyway. But what's important
is a billing address. The reason is that let's say
you steal someone's card. Even if you have their card, you won't know what the
registered building addresses. And that is one way
and I'll show you this slightly later on
of how you do this. But that is one way of detecting credit card fraud because if
someone's stolen in a card, they might have the card
and the CVC number, which is the three-digit
number on the bag. But they won't necessarily know well where this person lives in. Therefore, they won't be able
to answer these questions. And if they make this up, we'll be able to detect this
later on in this will fail our checks and therefore will prevent any sort of
credit card fraud. So what you then do is you
answer the billing address. You then also ask them for a picture of their
government issued ID. You want their ID, and you also want them to upload a
picture of their bank card. Now, very important
to note here it says, please block out the first 12
digits of the card number. You don't necessarily want the full card number because
of security reasons. You just want the
last four digits. Most credit cards and debit
cards have 16 digits. You just want to
see the last four, and I'll show you why
slightly later on when we do when we run all the checks. It then has some
more information about why we require ID, why we required that
picture of the bank card. Then it also says if you would like a receipt
and they can just simply click yes or no and
you can send them a receipt. Most people simply just select, know if they have any
additional comments they can they can put this in here. Then there is a box to
essentially sign and they can simply sign there. They
can sign from that. They agree to the terms and conditions. Says
plane sign here. If you accept the terms and
conditions shown below, do you have then all the
terms and conditions? And right at the bottom you have a button that says Submit. And they will simply
submit this form. Now, once they submit this form, it even says scroll to the
bottom of this form and hit submit because you want them to see the terms
and conditions. Now, once they fill
out this form, you essentially get the
form here from the person. Now, I have blurred out
a lot of the details for security reasons and data
protection and so on and so on, which you essentially
get their name, their email address, their phone number, phone
number, and so on and so on. You get a picture of their ID. Again, this is blurred for security reasons and a
picture of the card. And what you have is you
have their last four digits, the first 12 he has hidden
with a piece of paper. I can see the name on the card. I can see all those details. He's he's tying the card and
essentially so on and so on. So once I have all these
details on the form, I also have his details
on my stripe page. The reason I the way I have
this is purely because well, if the when the booking is made from booking.com
or direct booking, I'll make I'll make
an account for them. I'll make I'll add them
as a customer on Stripe. If you have connected
Booking.com to guess D, and you have connected
stripe to guessed it. This will automatically
be done for you. And you can simply
go into striping. You'll see all the customers. You'll see where they came
from in all their details. So in this case, if I, if I scroll
down here and again, this is blurred for
security reasons and because there's a
lot of personal details about this person. About this client. But what is important to note
here is this segment here, which is the payment method. Now the payment method
has their card. And what happens is, again, this is slightly blurred, but what stripe shows you is only the last
four digits of the card. So again it says
visa dot, dot, dot, and then the last four digits
and again the same here which is a number and
the last four digits, it shows you the expiry. It shows you the
origin of the card. And it says if the CVC
is passed and failed, ignore the zip
check for a second and I'll show you why
this is important. So the CVC is basically the last three
digits of the codon. They input the wrong
details, for example, within within Booking.com and
they're making the payment, this will fail automatically. And if it fails, it will actually not even
show you the card. It will automatically
detect there. Well, this is a stolen card and therefore it won't
even show it to you. So this has to CVC has to pass. Otherwise you do not
get these details. Now, this is where the whole credit card stolen
card Prevention comes in. The first thing we need to do is we need to make sure the name on their ID matches the
name on the bank card. So if I go back onto
the form and again, you can see this exactly
because it's blurred. But I'm looking
for the name here, which is the name on their ID, and I'm looking at the
name on their bank card. And in this case
the names do match. The name on the
ID is exactly the same as the name
on the bank card. So that is absolutely fine. So I know that the person
whose idea it is the carded Also there's the
card also belongs to them. So the first check
is absolutely fine. Sorry, the second check is
the last four digits on the card has to match the
last four digits on Stripe. So if I look at the
picture on the card, it shows me the
last four digits. Now, I want to make sure that
these last four digits are exactly the same as these last four digits
here on Stripe. Because what that means is that this person does actually
have the physical card. So it might be stolen, but he does have the he or she does have the physical card. So it's not a picture
of the card or anything along those
lines that he does. Actually, this person does
have the physical card. Therefore, it's less
likely to be stolen. But at this stage, it could still be stolen because someone could have
just stolen the card, but at least they have the card. So that's fine. The cars are exactly the same. What you don't want
is that they send you their Lloyd's card, which has a different
last four digits number. And here is something else. You want to make sure they have the physical at
present with them, the one they have used
to make the bookings. So that's fine. We then we want the next thing, which is the card origin, has to match the ID. So if I go up here, the ID, you can probably see even
though it's blurred, that this is a UK
driving license. They've submitted a
UK driving license. So that means this
person is UK based. Therefore, when I
go on to Stripe, they are called origin really
should be from the UK, and in this case it is. But if there is UK based in the card is
from France to me, that would be a red flag. That why does someone
who's based in the UK a card from
another country? And I normally would
not accept those. And I would highlight that
we need a car which is registered in the same
country or so on and so on. So that is, that is one massive red flag when the card is from
a different country. And that is a big sign
that the card might be stolen because a
lot of these cards gets stolen from
different places. They move countries
and so on and so on. So this is check number three. You want to make sure that the origin is the same
as the ID origin. If this person has submitted their passport and it
was a UK possible, then I want to make sure
that the card is also a UK based or if it was
a German passport, I want to make sure that the
card is has a German origin. The next thing is, the
signatures also have to match. Again, this is not a
big check, but this is, anyone can replicate this, but it's just helpful to
know, for example, again, is blurred so you can't see, but there is a signature hero
on their driving license, and that is the same as the signature which
is posted here. Again, this is also
blow so you can't see, but the signatures do match. Again, a small Jake,
anyone can replicate this, but it is just, it is just
helpful to see very quickly. Now, the final thing, which is the big thing here, in order to make sure
that the cars are not stolen is if you go back on the form and you look
at their zip code, zip code, post code, whatever you want to call this, this is their billing address. So when you ask them
for their address, remember it was a
billing address. If I go back to this, the billing address
of the Payment Card, if someone has stolen someone's
card is very unlikely. They will know that we're
the card is registered. So if you take their billing postcode
and go back to Stripe, and if you click this button
here which says Edit, and then click More Options, there is a thing we said, zip and postcode
again, it is blurred. But when I input that person's postcode in
there and then click Update. What will happen is
that stripe will check. So I just have to put in
my password very quickly. And then click Update, and then they're loaded up. So again, this is slightly
blurred so you can't see, but you can see this which
says the zip check is passed. That means that this
billing address is correct. So that would mean that is very, very unlikely this card
is stolen because well, in this case, they have provided the Craig
billing address. So now this person, in summary has provided a
picture of their ID. The card has the card. They provided their ID, their name on the id and the bank card
are exactly the same. So that means the
person who's booking whose id and they're
presented the id, the card also belongs to them. The card they're using to make the payment
on Stripe is exactly the same as the
one they submitted that picture up because the
last four digits match. The card is from
the same country as our ID is not from a
different country. They have the same
signatures and they also have the correct
billing address. Now, one final check on this is if the booking was
made by a business. Now, if this was
made by a business, what can happen sometimes
is that when they submit a picture of their
card, their bank card, sometimes it has the company
name on the bank card, and if someone has stolen
and accompany card is very, very easy for them too, forge fake IDs and even find out what the billing address is
because you just have to go and
Companies House and find which company it is and
where there are registered. So if it is through a company, if it is a company called, I will do one final check, which is I would make
I would get them to email me from their
company email address. And if we go back to here on
the form enslaved business, then as you can see, one of the position z is they
have to have their company email address filled
out as well and I would get them to email me
from the company e-mail. So just to verify that this person does
work at the company as opposed to someone
who's just stolen the card from someone
within that company. That is a final check you
would do if its accompanying, which is get them
to email you from their business e-mail to make sure that that person actually
does work at that company. And they're the ones who
actually have that card. So that is essentially
everything you need in order to make sure that you do not
get a charge back. Beyond this, if if someone ever does give you a
charge back, and if, for example, if a
company does say, well, this is a stolen car, then you
can submit all this proof. You can submit any
communication. You can submit that they've they've signed
your terms and conditions. They've submitted a
picture of your bank card, of their ID that you have
all the details and you have proof that this person
did stay at your property. Now, this list is
actually created using stripes own instructions when
it comes to charge banks. And if you want to read more
information on this tribe, Ashley has a whole segment
on disputes and frauds, how disputes works, how the best practice when
it comes to responding. So for example, if
I go into this, it tells me it tells you
exactly how to respond to them, how to submit evidence. Do you have the best chance
of winning these disputes? So if anyone does say the card is stolen job all
that prove that you need. So for example, here it says, including proof of
customer authorization. And by the way, this is actually exactly how I created this form. I created this form,
stripes own documents. So as you can see, it says you need the AVS. Avs is essentially
their billing address, so the address road vacation. And if I go into stripe, the zip check is
essentially AVS. You also need the CVC. Again, we've we've
done the CVC check. It says it's passed. So sign receipts and contracts. And again, we have the sign received so
contracts because that is why we have the form with the
sine terms and conditions. And it also helps if you have the IP address which matches
the billing address. The IP address is
essentially where they were when they essentially
completed your form. Now this might be hard to do with service accommodation
in purely because it's traveled based and people are moving around when they
book accommodation. They might live in one city, but they might be in a
different town for work. And they are essentially
putting the travel when they're already
in a different place. So this one can be a bit harder with service
accommodation. But essentially, if you read
these documents and I will put a link to this below in
the Task Guide and section. This will give you a lot
more information about how disputes work and this is
pretty much everything. Sure. One, you do
not get bad guess in the first place and you
can root out as much as you can when it comes to fraud and prevention and making sure you do not have people who end up booking
with stolen cards.
34. Security Deposit: Other than just taking payments, one of the things we also need
to do is make sure we take security deposits for our
guests from our guests. So if you go on to, again, this is only for Booking.com
rather than Airbnb. Because on Airbnb, airbnb
takes a Deposits themselves. So for Booking.com, you need to go onto your listing on gusty. Under automation, you need
to click auto payments. Now, once you're
within auto payments, you need to focus on
number three here, the first two are related
to their normal payments, not a security deposit. The last one says
authorization hold, capture 150 of the payment
five days before check-in. So what happens is that essentially five days
before the check-in, £150 is held from their card, so it's not necessarily
charged and I believe there is an
option if you want to charge it, you can. But what happens
is you essentially put a hold of £150
on their cards, so it is almost frozen. Let's just say if you
want to take that a 150, you can do so. Now, there is one problem
with authorization hold, which is the
authorization holders automatically released
after seven days. So if you take
authorization hold and this is five days before checking for two days
into their stay. That authorization hold
lone longer applies. And therefore, you can't automatically deduct those
a £150 from their account. But there isn't
really an amazing, amazing solution
other than this, other than if you were to take £150 and refund the
guest every single time. Now the reason I
personally don't necessarily do that is because from almost four years of
running services accommodation, there's only been two
or three instances where I've actually had to
charge the security deposit. It rarely ever happens once you've had a good
screening and make sure you don't get any people who are likely to
cause any problems. And again, at the
end of the day, you do have their
credit card details. So if you didn't need to
charge the security deposit, you can just do so
after the checkout. Now, you could argue
that might not have any funds in their account
and so on and so on. But this is one of those things where because it
rarely ever happens, I don't necessarily want to
go through the hassle of charging every single guest and refunding every single guest. So what I tend to do is I
tend to use the authorization hold to make sure they do have sufficient funds
on their account. You could. And then once you
once you have done this, what will happen is that after seven days it gets released and if you do need
to charge this, then essentially you will
charge it at that stage. Now, if you look down here, it says currently these
rules will apply to all sources except for Airbnb. Because on Airbnb, they will
take the payment themselves. And you do not necessarily have to take the payment because that will be automatically
done for you. Now, as you can see on this, what is happening here is that five days before the check-in, the amount of holdings, £150. If you want to then charge it, you can do so. And you essentially just
charge that amount at chicken. And then all that would
mean is you simply go in and you refunded once
they have checked out. So again, you can
do both things, both very easy to do if you at the start when
you're starting out with subs combination, if you want to charge every 150, just to sort of get
the hang of it. And while you still working out all the processes
and procedures, you can do so. And again, you will have to
reach out to gusty in order to set this up to make sure you have all the Craig
settings in place. Or you can simply just
copy the same settings. I have one thing to note
here is that we have a security deposit of £150
across all our listings. So if you want to set
this within Booking.com, you simply go on to property and then go into
the policies segment, go all the way to the bottom
and it says damage deposit, where you can simply add that
you have a deposit of £150. And that is how you
set up deposits for Booking.com on Airbnb. You don't need to
do this since it is already set up for you.
35. Payment Processor Setup: So once you have a bank account, the next thing you need
to do, you need to set up a payment processor. A payment processor is
essentially something which allows you to take
payment into your bank account. Now, this might be
for a direct booking, it might be for future
bookings through Booking.com. It might be for
security deposits, it might be for extra services
like early check-ins, late checkout, and
so on and so on. But you need a mechanism which allows you
to take payments and the platform we use the payment process of
reuses called Stripe. So essentially you have
to go to Stripe.com. And once you're on the website, there will be a button
saying Start now, this is currently down here. It might be up there by the
time you go on the website, but essentially you click Start. Now, this will take you to
the Create an Account page. Now, once you're on that page, you simply fill in your email, your name, your password, and once you've made an account, you then link your company
bank account to this account. And as soon as that is set up, it's very, very easy,
very straightforward. And as soon as that
is up and running, you can essentially start taking payments into your bank account.
36. Acquire: This screen recording, I'm just going to take
you through some of the ways in which you can get service accommodation,
serviced apartment units. So there's a number
of different ways that you can obtain them. So one of the ways that you can obtain a service
accommodation unit is directed landlord. So this is going directed to the owner of a
particular apartment. And one of the ways
you can do that is through a site called Open rent. So the gate to open
rent or credit UK. So here I'm going to
type in Wellington City. I'm going to filter for
two bedroom apartments because that's what we
are we tend to take on. And then we'll have a
look at what comes up. So these are the flats that are in that map
that's shown above. If we click on this
apartment here, this is, it looks quite nice. I can imagine it doing quite well as a Service
accommodation unit. It's a bit different. We just have a look at some
of the photos. It's new, modern open
planet kitchen diner. Good condition. This could work well. You just need to furnish it. Then we scroll down
and have a look. So when in Garden City, two bathrooms, two bedrooms, maximum tenants for
£1350 per month. No admin fees, no
hidden charges. Next steps and message the landlord or
requests to viewing. It actually says that
the landlord is Luisa. So you actually got so this is one of the
really good things about open rent is that
you can basically contexts the owner directly. I've used open
right in the past. When we've had a look,
when we first started out, I met many landlords and I
pitched that to them directly. So it's best to
actually make make a viewing in a message the landlord or request or viewing. Rather than sending a message
through the platform. You want to meet them in person, get to know them, see what they're looking for. You never know they
might have a number of apartments that they're
looking to rent out, if not in the same block, but maybe in the town
that they live in. Really worthwhile
viewing the property, meeting the owner, seeing how long he's been trying
to let the apartment now, has he had any offers? What is he looking for? I'm going to be looking after the management and
maintenance of the apartment. And then you can talk
about what you do. That you run service
accommodation. But you also need to
make sure that you've done your research as well. So throughout this course, we said that when
we first started, we had looked at the type of bookings that we
wanted to achieve and receive and we wanted to target the
corporate bookings. Corporate bookings, you know, who's coming, it's a
corporate professionals. The nightly array that you
can charge is usually higher. They tend to stay
for a lot longer. They tend to be in the
apartment very little. So these tend to spend
most of their time at work and they generally come back to the
apartment just asleep. In a lot of the corporate bookings as
well with silver door, say CO prestige, the payment
is guaranteed as well. So there's that risk that
suddenly there's gonna be a chargeback once
the guest is left. These are the type of
corporate bookings that we tend to go for, and these are the types
of areas that we target. We target areas that we know. We're going to receive
the corporate bookings. We do it, we do our research. So for example, will contact
companies in the local area. So in Welling Garden
City, for example, there's Tesco's head
office, there's PayPal. There's actually a
shy or business park. And there's lots of
other big businesses in the area. Tesco is head office. They actually have lots
of staff come from India, IIT contractors from Oracle working on a lot
of their projects. Now, when these guys come over, they tend to stay in apartments and they
tend to be on-site, usually one to three years. So that's why they don't generally want to hotels,
they want apartments. They tend to have their
families come over, stay with them for
short periods of time, maybe in summer holidays. And for some of them actually that we've had stayed with us, their family come over and
they kind of look to it, settled down here in the UK. So this is what we do. We tend to focus on areas where we know as the
corporate demand, the corporate bookings,
the Nike rate is higher. Likelihood of getting any
damages is a lot lower. And issues of noise complaints, drinking, smoking,
anti-social behavior, all that kind of goes away. You're dealing with
professionals. That's why when we know
which area we're targeting, we have a look on open rent. We try and approach
landlords directly. Open when is a really, really good way and
it's free as well. So another way, if we, and we can use right move. So if we go to write move, we can do click
properties or rent. In wanting gun city. Start search. Let's look
at flats, find properties. So what this does is
it just 16 results. So I want to have a look at who are the
agents in the area. So you've got Beauvoir, hot portico, kernels,
rights, rain and co. Bel bar again,
contrary properties. William Brown, strats, Frost's, Ashton country properties,
hunters rights. So I just want to
have a get a feel for the different agents
that are in the area. And then I want to have
a look at which agent has the type of the types of apartments that
I'm after really. It's if I go back up to
the top and scroll down. So I know this development,
that's Daniel's house. These are quiet. These are to be offices converted
into apartments. Actually already nice. That's with heart. Today. This is with portico. Again, this is similar. I'm looking for
modern apartments, maybe furnished,
maybe unfurnished. Normally in around the town
center or business parks. Let's see what else
we come across. Yeah. So in this instance, what I'll do is I'll contact
those two agents for those two apartments
and I'll set up a viewing pitch over the phone. I'll actually want to meet
the Asian at the property, have a look at the property, and then it depends on who
I meet with the property. So for example, if I meet someone that is
just literally, you know, someone who's quite
junior, just is there, just open the door, then I
won't pitch to him as such. What I'll do is
subsequently I'll say I'll think about it.
Thanks for your time. And then I'll go
back into the office and speak to possibly in other lessons manager and
explain to him what we do. We run service departments. We work with the local
employees in the area. We provide them
with accommodation. We've got demand from
companies such as Tesco's pay Point and others in the area.
Can they help us? And we normally say
that we're after a number of apartments
because we normally are. We've already done
the research to show that there is a demand. We're going to have
quite a few inquiries. Money gone City for example, we add Tesco's and they said
that we need ten apartments. So we didn't have
ten apartments. So that's how we started. We went out and worked with
a local agent and said, look, we've got an inquiry for it for a number
of departments. Can you work with
us? Can you help us? On our first department? And they said, Yep, that's fine. We're happy with
in principle with what you're wanting to do. But on the first department, you will have to
put down 12 months rent in advance because you've
got no trading history. At which point we say, Well, look, we can't do that. Then they said, Okay, fine, six months rent in advance. So it's just about building
that relationship. I went in again, a
good relationship with the branch manager. And eventually we agreed just on one month's
rent in advance. So the normal rent in advance. And we went on to take on a seven or eight apartments
through just that one agency. So a lot of people do
get put off and get very nervous about
having to pitch. But it's one of these things that maybe 80 per
cent of the agents, or just say outright or
sorry, we don't do that. We didn't do that. But it's just about meeting. The right person. So as I say, always go and view the property, never pitch on the phone. And depending on who you
meet at the property, if you meet, say for example, at Branch Manager, which
on some occasions you do, let them know what you do, which employers you work with, what type of bookings
you receive, how long your bookings are? And that you'll look
after things like that, minor maintenance, you'll keep the property in really
good condition. You offer weekly cleans. Your corporate So
the property has all will always be in
immaculate condition. So that's what you
need to bear in mind. Lot of agents, like a lot
of the high street agents, such as kernels or just say no, Mainly because it will have the decision one
has to be referred up. And because they
are a franchise, they didn't have that level of power to make the decision. But I know one rain and code, for example, the
one that are quite happy for you to run
their apartments and service departments. We work with them in
the past as well. Country properties
generally not. But there are stress. Again, they're happy
to work with us. You, what you'll find is a lot
of the independent agents. Maybe those are just
starting out or smaller. As long as they like you, they like the concept and you can back up
what you're saying, they will work with you. So this is the particular agent and we used to work with in Wellington City, Martha and Co. And we've got quite
a few apartments with them at the beginning. Just have a look at another
location that evening. Again, you're just looking for a nice clean apartments
that you think, oh, run well a
service departments. So this, for example,
nice open plan. Modern work. Well as a Service Department. This one, quite nice. And here it says furnished or unfurnished landlord is flexible so you can get them
furnished even better. It just means that your
initial outlay is a lot less. This has an outside
area at the top. So yeah, there's development
looks really nice actually. Again, just looking for a
nice, clean, tidy apartments. And then again, brain encode, for example here that as I, as I mentioned earlier,
that opened to the concept. And as you can see, you get these independent
agents a top property lettings, complete residential,
which is based in London. And you also find
actually a lot of these online agents that are not necessarily based in the town that
you're looking at. They tend to work quite well. With complete, for example, we used to run up quite a
few properties from them. And whenever you
organize a viewing, it was almost like it was painful for them to send
someone to do the viewing. We have quality
apartments with them. We started off with one, and we've got quite a
few of them as well. Once you build, once you have one apartment and you let them know you're
looking for more. They're quite happy
to work with you. So you'll definitely find agents that are happy
to work with you. So don't get put off
when an agent knocked, knocks you back
because you will get that the likes of kernels, Taylor's, these high street
chains will knock you back, but it's just about
being persistent. Being persistent, and then having that the
rationale as well. For example, you
need to have done your own research before
approaching these agents, you need to have
done your research. Know which companies
are in the area, know what they're looking for. And one of the other things
you can do is you can actually go into the
local hotels and ask, I'm thinking of booking
a wedding for next year. When do you tend to be busy? What we found in Stephen
H, They used to say to us, we tend to be busy
on Monday to Friday, Monday to Thursday and
quiet on the weekends. We used to ask where who's coming Monday through Thursday. And they used to say, Oh,
we got lots of people coming for staying
with us from Glaxo, um, and NVDA, which
is a defense company. And a lot of them were
saying Monday to Thursday. So again, a good indication that there's
corporate demand now. Again, LinkedIn is a good way as well to contact
these companies. You can normally
find the HR manager, connect with them and
ask them to do that. People coming into the area for the comments for placements, people that are on
a sandwich program, or people are coming for a particular project
for a period of time. And can you help them? You can. Even if you start off
with 0 apartments, you have to, you have
to say, for example, that you're in the process of taking on a number
of apartments in the area and just wanted to
find out if you can help. How many employees do they tend to have come into the area? What type of apartments
they tend to like? Are they able to share or not? We used to have quite a
few apartments in one city and a lot of the oracle employees that they weren't allowed to
share and apartments. We had a situation
whereby we had individual people having
two-bedroom apartments and we had about nine
people staying with us. So we had nine two-bedroom
apartments booked out. And there was only one
person in each department, but for some reason they
weren't allowed to share. So ask those questions, do the research contact
your HR representatives? Have a look on Google, just Google companies
in my area. Which companies are there? Try and contact
them via LinkedIn. That's the kind of, you can do all that research
and you can have that when you go to view these properties than
anyone that you meet. For example, the
branch manager is more likely to give you one
of their apartments, maybe as a trial, but
either through open rent, which is literary
direct to the landlord, or through the agents. A final way is through
family and friends. You probably know someone, family or friends that owns property in the particular
area that you're looking at. Maybe he could joint
venture with them and say, Look, you have the proper C, let me manage it and run it as a service
department and we can go maybe 5050 on any profits. So that's always
an option as well.
37. Pitching to Landlords: So when it comes to taking
these properties on, regardless of if it's rent
to random forest management. What you'd really have to do is you already have to explain the benefits to the person
you're dealing with. So if you're dealing
with a landlord, you have to tell them what the benefits are
working with you. If you're dealing
with a letting agent, what's the benefits to
them of working with you? Because you can talk all about how much money you're
gonna make and what you're gonna do with the
property, so on and so on. But if you can't
communicate that in terms of how that benefits them, then it might not
necessarily work. So these are some of the
benefits to the landlord. The first one is, obviously the property is going to be
tenanted for a long time. We do a typical contracts. It might be one year,
two year, three years. So you're taking this
on for a long time. So what that means is there's
no voids in the property because if the landlord
has someone who's moving out every nine months, so that's sort of duration. Then obviously, there's
a tenant fine fee, they've got to
find someone else. There's a void in the
middle, so on and so on. So you're getting rid of that. Another thing you're
doing is you're maintaining the property to
a very, very high standard. Because if you think
about it, typically, a landlord, if the rent
their property out, then to a normal house, a normal family or something, it's not exactly kept
in the best day. Whereas when it's rented
a service combination, it might be getting clean 123 times a week
professionally cleaned. It's like how often the
normal properties the I cleaned and obviously everything is kept in good
condition because, you know, from your
point of view, you're only going
to get bookings if the property is kept
in good condition. So that's another
benefit to the landlord, which is that the property
is kept in very good. See? Another one is the
minor maintenance. So another thing you
can say to the landlord is that you'll take care of
all the minor maintenance. So for example, if there's
an issue with a tab or a light bulb goes
out, those small things. Obviously the border goes. Then that's a big expense which the lender
will have to pay for and that's something
there'll be responsible for. But when it comes to
all the smallest sub, you can take care of
that because say from a from a landlords
point of view, one of the biggest
hassled is those small, minor maintenance and the
management of the property. If you can say to them though, you'll take care
of all the stuff, you will take all
the hassle away essentially because they're
getting long-term rain, they're getting paid
on time is well kept and you're also do
the minor maintenance. Essentially, you reduce
the hassle for them. And that's really all
the benefits there are for them in, again, even though the list is only
about four bullet points, if you can take away
a landlords hassle and have a good
long-term tenant. That's really all they want. They get their
monthly cash-flow. That's pretty much all
they're looking for. The reason I say high cashflows, the last point is if
you're doing management, obviously if you're
doing venture end, they just get the rent. If you're doing management, then they might possibly also make a lot more
money in the process. If you, if you've done
your numbers right, they should be making a lot
more money in the process. So now they've got less hassle, approaches well maintained,
and they're also making more money without
them doing anything. Because he typically, when you're dealing
with the landlord, the landlord is trying to save some money by not
our letting agent. That's essentially
what's happening there. They're trying to save that 10%. Well, in this case, the saving the ten per cent, but rather than them
doing the management, you're doing the management. So there's additional
and benefit in that. And they're trying
to save money, but now you're making them
extra money on top because you are running the property
or service combination. So those are the
benefits to landlords.
38. Pitching to Letting Agents: These are the benefits
to learning agents. The first one is
repeat business. The reason I like
letting agents more than landlords is because see if you can think about it this way. I'm not against I'm not
against pitching to landlords. Landlords pitch to
nano, just fine. A lot of people do it. But now let's say, let's
say you pitch to five. Landlords can be five, can be 50, whatever. If you put your
five landlords and out of the 51 of them says, Yeah, cool, I like the model. Let's, let's go on with
their blah-blah-blah. Then. How many deals you have? You've got the one deal, right? If you're within agent and you pitch to five agents
and one of them says, cool, the rest say no, no, no, no, no. Like how many deals
you have now? 102030. However, properties, yes. Because once the
legend is, sorry, once an agent is on
board with an idea, the next time I don't have
to pitch the agent again. They already know
how the model works, they already know you. So on and so on. That's getting another one is far easier. I've had agents who literally, because you got to think about it from
this point of view. Imagine, imagine, imagine
here's a building, right? Apartment block,
bigger problem blog, and you've got this flat here. Another flight comes available. So in this building, this flat here comes available. If you have this
relationship with an agent and you're paying the
rent on time, engineering, everything like you said, when this flood comes available, who was the first person is
going to send it to you? He's gonna he's gonna
email you straightaway because he knows you've
already got this one. Same block, same space.
You might be interested. But if he did tend to be villains with ten
different families, one might say kitchens
facing the wrong way, bedrooms, two small burners to be kittens too small,
so on and so on. But if he knows you've
got one down the hallway, then you might
potentially be interested in this 11 viewing. The whole thing is done
rather than them doing ten different viewing Sheng
all these people around. So repeat business for
them is a massive one. Because again, from a
agent's point of view, better one I do 1020 different
viewings and or to lead a property out because it cost them time
and cost them money. So the biggest benefit for letting agents
is repeat business. And i'll, I'll talk about how you communicate and
how you pitch that. But that is one of the
big, big benefits. The second one is
minor maintenance. Again, similar to
letting agents. You can say you will take care of all the small
minor maintenance, normal letting agent wants to do all these small things here and there and no
one wants the email. Can you come and check this out? So if you say you'll do the minor maintenance, then again, it's better for them is better from them from
that point of view. And the last one is no
issues with tenants. So again, like you said, if you're making the payments on time and you're
doing what you said. When the new one
comes available, then they're going to
send you the details for the new one is it's
pretty much how it works. I've had agents
literally chasing me. I had a property which
I agreed to take on. So I had one. So for example, I
had this one here. This red one came available. And I said I'll
take the red one, then they send me
this second red one. And I said, Well, I'll take
the second red one because the second red one was
better than this one. So in their head they thought I said I was going
to take on both. But I sort of I switched from this one
to this one thinking, well, I only want one for the time being and I'll
switch this one. They sent me emails like
almost complaining, arguing with me How I said
I was going to take both. But the point of the story is that a lot of people
think is very, very hard to pitch
agents and get these deals or the mono,
give me another one. But you got to realize
from their point of view, they don't want viewing
or one visit and they can rent two properties
out with families. You've got to show
them like ten times. The husband, my view,
they might say, Well, I'm going to come
back with my wife and that's essentially
how we go. That's essentially how
it works with letting agents that people want to do multiple viewing,
so on and so on. But if they can rent
out two properties, one viewing, then
easy money for them. Easy, easy money. So like I said, I don't have a problem with
there are two landlords. I just think getting one agent on board is a much
better use of your time. Because once you go on agent, you never have to worry
about how am I going to get another deal with landlords? You now go to find
ten more landlords, do your ten pitches again, and so on and so on and so on. With an agent, you get
one agent on board. And once you call the
first one that says you're done in that in
that area, you're done. Now it's a case of let's
go to a different area. And again, if you have
some of these branches. So we were dealing
with the branch. I can't remember the name. They had a branch and
working with them. And then obviously a lot of these are like
franchises, right? So that person use
someone else from another branch in a
different town and we said we were looking
at it pumps in that town. And he basically spoke to him. He connected us,
we had a chat and he he was called with
it because he knew someone else who was
he knew that we were working with another franchise
in a different area. So those are some of the
benefits of working with agents. But if you do, the
landlord cell is cool. If you get some
deals, that's cool, but I just prefer this.
Does that make sense? Okay, pitching to
letting agents. So this is important. The first one that
says new agents. I just feel some of the newer
agents are less stringent. There's, there's, there's
less requirements. There's less loopholes or hurdles, whatever
you wanna call it. Whereas when you have some of the traditional ones
like Foxconn's, they want to go through
all these details and they asked you a 100 questions and 100 forms and so on and so on. Whereas I've just found that the newer agents are
typically a lot more receptive to a lot
of this compared to some of the old
traditional ones. So that's one thing to consider. The second one is
high supply areas. What I mean is if you're in
an area where there's like some new build
developments and there's a lot of rental class
coming on at 1. It makes it much, much
easier to get a deal because of letting agent
probably has 30 on his books, virtue of the same apartments. So if you ask for if you're
trying to rent some of those, obviously it makes
their life easier as well because they've
got 30 on their books. If you're in an area where
there's only one apartment comes up every three months and is a 100
families lined up. That's a hard pitch because it's pretty much
always going to go to the family because there's nothing in it for letting agent they want
they've only got one. They know how it works
with the families is a straightforward process. And it's pretty much
always gonna go to the family, I think. Whereas if you're in
an area where there's 50 apartments on the guy's books and he has targets and he
has to rent those 50 out, then it's far easier. The pitch is far. You can mumble your way into it is it's just
far, far easier. So something to consider
when you're finding your area that cool
the numbers work. But other evening deals here that I could
possibly take on. One comes up every
three months then not, not the best area from
that point of view. Something to consider. Don't discount first deal. What that means is,
for the first deal, if the market rate is
£1300, just pay £1300. As long as your numbers work. Don't try to squeeze
it down to 1250 or 1240 because you're trying
to get a bit of a discount. Because the first one, you already just trying
to get through the door. That's what we're trying
to do. The first one, you're just trying to
build that connection, just trying to get
into the door. So you have future deals. Now. Once you've got
the first one yeah, With the future ones,
you can negotiate. You can say well, if
I take on two more, can I have once we had one landlords through
a leveling agent, the landlord the learning agent
said he owns number 2829. If you take on both, then maybe we can work
something out and we've got a bit of a discount
because we took two. So again, those
things you can do. But I just feel like it's much, much safer if you do that
now for the first one. But for the ones down
the line, future pace. What that means is when
you're speaking to an agent, one of the things you
want to do is you want to say that you're
interested in for five properties as
opposed to just one. Because see, even in your
professional, whatever you do. If you have a set way
of doing something and someone comes along or like I said, procedures set paperwork, set, model, and someone
comes along and they say, well, you know, I wanna
do something different. Now, even though the different
thing might be fine. If someone is only
going to do it once, it might just be
too much hassle or too much effort for you to
put your mind to it because, well, I've got 50 other families lined up who does do
it the normal way. I know how that works. I'll just do it that way.
You know what I mean? It might just be too much hassle for you to do this
one-off thing. Whereas you can just do
your normal routine stuff and you're gonna make
the same money anyway. But what I've found is when
you say to letting agents, how you're interested
in 45 properties. To them, it's like multiple
commissions, right? You're gonna be more incentivized to do
something if you make five times the amount of
money compared to just a one-off heavier there because of one of her there,
you got to work out. Well, how does this work?
You could ask questions, but that might be worthwhile if you're going to
let five properties. Does that make sense? So I've always said
I'm looking for 56456 properties because from their point of view
they're thinking, well, I'm going to make
56 commissions here. So it's a bit more worthwhile listening compared to
just a one-off deal. So that's what I
mean by future base. That's one of the
things you have to say. This gives me the phone
could be in person. Next one is memorize
big employees. The way I do serve
as combination, I mainly tried to focus on the longer-term
corporate bookings, like I'm going to mention in
the marketing section later. And my play really is to get as many long-term company bookings. So what I tend to do is I tend to memorize the big employees
names in the area. And when I'm speaking
to the wetting agents, I say these are the type of clients that we're
going to be hosting in our apartments,
blah, blah, blah. Because I want to make the
pitch very professional. I don't want to
make it sound like some touristy one nice thing. You want to keep it as
professional as possible. Because we're not letting
agents point of view. Normal really likes the
idea of people coming in for one night or tourists
coming in for one night. So if you can try and make it as professional as possible. Saying, we're going to, we're looking to work
with GSK, Fujitsu, and Tesco because they're
accompanies, sorry, their clients come for a few weeks to a few months at a time when they're
looking for accommodation. That sounds a lot
better than saying, I'm going to put this on Airbnb, which doesn't sound very
professional at all. So that's something to note
which is memorize some of the bigger employees work, the bigger employs
into your pitch because that's what you marked is going to be focused anyway, when we get into the
marketing section that you are going
to be trying to get those people into your marketing well, into your apartments. And the last one says,
Don't pitch on the phone. The reason I say this
is, have you guys ever watch a movie on your
phone, laptop, or Netflix? Like could you all agree?
Does everyone do that right? Now, here's my question. If you're watching a
movie on your TV, laptop, and Netflix, and you're
ten minutes into the movie and the movie
sucks, would you normally do? Turn it off right? Now let's imagine you make a plan with your
friends or your family. You make a plan. You get in your car, you drive to the cinema, you power curve, you get
the Pokemon, whatever. And you sit down in
the movie theater and you ten minutes into the same
movie and the movie sucks. What do you do now? You just sit down and you
just watch the whole thing. I've said that I watch a lot of Bollywood movies and
they gone for three hours. And that's shaped
like for three hours. Like it kills you. But you just sit down
and you just watch it. And Bollywood movies even
have an intermission. So you could even leave halfway. Technically, you don't because
you'll take on here now. It's like it's like, Oh man
has a muzzle, watch it. But that's basically
what happens. Which is, it's weird because on your phone
you turn it off. But at the cinema, you don't just leave you like I'm here now, our
minds will watch it. When you pitch on the phone
and the agent picks up the phone and they don't really get the hang of
what you're trying to say. They say, let me
switch to my manager. I'll speak to the
landlord, the landlord woman like it and
they put it down. Because think about it.
There's no time invested. There is no time invested. One minute, maybe one minute. And that's all the
time they've invested and they put it down
because we don't do this. If you can book a
viewing first, right? They've got to print
the brochures. They've got to put the jacket on drive to the property per cup. Show you around, show
you all the stuff. They might be 45
minutes, 15 minutes in. If you then start your pitch, they have to at
least listen to you. They didn't just say no within three seconds or
not. You can say no. I'm not saying it means you're gonna get a 100% of your deals. But what I can assure you
is that percentage goes up significantly hundred percent,
one hundred per cent. Because the point is, there is nothing
invest in the phone. If you mess up one line and they don't like what
you're trying to say. They don't have to
go through with it. They've got other families
done up, so on and so on. But once you get people that are viewing, they're
willing to listen. They are, they are listen a lot more than it will on the phone. And it just goes back
to being invested. Anything in life, the more
you're invested in something, the more you want a
result out of that thing. Think about it, relationships,
all that sort of stuff. The more you invested
in something, the more you have
to get a result. On the phone, you're
not invested. Someone called you
for thirty-seconds, you didn't like it.
You just put it down. But 45 minutes and 50 medicine. You can even take
this a step further. You can maybe view
for properties, walk around with them for a bit. You might be two hours then
before you start your page, the percentage goes up. Now a lot of people
tried to argue, argue with me and say, well, if I do this on a
phone or by email, I can reach more
people, you know, because I can reach 50
agents in one hour. But if I do this in person, I can only reach one
agent, one arrow. This is you only have
to get one agent. You're not trying
to get 50 agents. And the success rate as a percentage goes up so much more. If you're in a small town or a small area where there's
only about ten agents. You don't want to
burn your leads. Can, because you can't keep
going back to the same one again and again with
a different pitch. You know, with a lot of
them you only get one go unless you get a
different guy in the day and so on and so on. But if I live in how fissure, There's only about ten agents. Like if you spend two days, you can probably speak
to them in person. And that's probably worthwhile. I went to Paddington
for one day. I'd never been to Paddington, never knew an agent
in Paddington. One day, I looked about 15 viewings and
I've got one deal. And we do a two-bedroom
basement apartment in Paddington one day. Whereas I genuinely believe if I spend one hour and
I've called 50 and agents, I probably wouldn't
have gotta deal. I believe that a little
bit upset though. He said, if you told me this
before, I would've said, You know, we computed property, we just don't do it at all. Okay. So i is a common question. Do you have a similar question? Yes. A whole lot. The first thing
the main thing is if I've never had
it easy for family, I'll read it for yourself. Yeah. I say it is what? It is for me. Yeah. But I mean, it's a bit more
than those four companies. And it says for a
company, and I get this question a
lot, which is well, agent say to me, Well, if you had told me
before, blah, blah, blah, but I'm willing to
guarantee you one thing. Every single letting agent in this country has two contracts. They have a normal
AST contract for families and individuals and they have competing
that agreements. They will do. They all do. I've never seen
one which doesn't, I've never seen a
lead engaging in this country which
doesn't have some sort of company or corporate
that agreement, say that we don't do that. But I don't think they I
don't think they know what that even like maybe
they don't know. We don't understand. But I've never come
across in letting agent which hasn't had
some sort of company lead, corporate less some
sort of agreement. Because if a company later
very common, like you know, because for example,
you get a company, they say we're
trying to house IE6, six clients or whatever. Yeah, they're very,
very common company. Let's denote, it's
noted some new thing. People in HMOs do
this all the time. When we try to explain the company level,
they said, Yeah, we have Company led, but it means that for your employees. Yeah. Okay. So again, let me go into
this next step here.
39. Contracts with Agents: Which is contracts
with the agents. My thing is, you should not submit your own
contracts to agents. You should use
their contracts and amended as opposed to
sending your own contracts. Because think about it. If you send your own
contracts and it's 20 pages, they now have to read through
20 pages of what's in here. There's only really
23 main things or you already
concerned about one. Are you allowed to do shortlist? And second, who can
stay at the property? A lot of the times
it says employees, you have to e-mail them
and you have to say, we have to change the
word employees to clients because we work
with these companies. And then all our employees
or our clients, it is far, far easier to get them to
change one word from employees, your clients, then submitting a brand new deck of contract with 1520 pages with all these
words littered everywhere? Beyond that point? Yes. The company through
their company and their employees or the landlord request
specific basically one, you got to tell us
which employees are staying there.
You can. Yeah. Okay. So some companies will
say you have to let us know which which employees are going to be staying
there from different companies or and you have to submit their ID and so on and so on, all
that sort of stuff. I feel like I have come across it as some point a while ago. But again, it might be a case of going to
a different agent. Because again, in an
area in this ten agents, you're only trying
to get one agent. So if you can't get
through to someone, you simply just have to move on. But this is why I like to
play with the agents because all you're trying to do is
get one in that town or city. You just want the
one who said, Yeah, we'll change it from
employees to clients. And I've done that many times. Just get them change one word. So we're looking at
two main things here. It should not be
restricted to employees, and it should allow short-lived. If a contract says minimum 99th, Let's then obviously that's not really going to work
for you because you're gonna be having
people in there for a few nights, at least. Sorry, at the minimum. Maximum. I don't know I don't
know what that word is. But employees and
short-lived, again, it says the disclaimer
that you can always check with your solicitor because I don't want
to get sued by anyone. But we just list
so what's right? But the point is, charlotte
employees and is far, far easier to have
a contract amended, then a brand new
contract submitted. Far easier. And if you do those steps of getting
viewing first, as opposed to putting
on the phone, you see some properties, you tell them a bit more about what you're
doing, so on and so on. You tell them you're interested
in for five properties, you name some of the big
employees and say These are the people who are
going to be working with making it the whole thing. Very, very professional. That is always worked for me. Now, like I said, the day I went to Paddington, I must have done about
15 viewings with maybe nine agents,
89 different agents. And I think a lot of
fear when it comes to pitching is just
about how you pitch. It's not even about
what you say. It's just how you come
across in the pitch. If you come across as like, you know, if you're a
bit nervous or you're, you're mumbling your way out
of it and so on and so on, then even they become
a bit hesitant. But if you speak
confidently about what you're doing in the
business you run. I've never had business
because I've never had I've never send
them to our website. I've never won some sort of shirt or would like some professional staff
or any of that. The first tool I took
on my company was registered like seven days
before we did the deal on. There was no email. There was no nothing. Because I feel like
if you just explain it and you follow the
steps and you're like, dude, with a bit of
confidence and you don't believe in what you're
trying to do here, then you'll be okay. Whereas if you come across
as you're unsure yourself, then it just comes across
the way you speak, just the way you say stuff. And it just makes the whole
thing slightly harder. But that's what I would say is those are some guidelines
which I will follow. And again, I'm saying
don't pitch on the phone. And then people go in and
pitch 20 agents on the phone. Then they say, Well, I
haven't had any luck for X, Y, and Z reason,
so on and so on. But again, I don't believe
in pitching on a phone. I'm not saying it doesn't
work because people have pitch on the phone and
they haven't got deals. With most things. There's
always exceptions and it's not like it's
not black or white. There are gray areas and some things worked
with some people, something worked
for other people. Some people do cold calling,
some people do email. Everything does work. But I just feel that by doing this in
person and building, speaking to someone
one-on-one and then seeing you face to
face, so on and so on. Just makes it much,
much easier because you can build rapport much
easier in person as well. It just makes the
whole thing easier. The person is a
lot more invested compared to just
being on a phone. And I find the
conversion is much, much higher from
personal experience. And it's the same
reason you don't leave the cinema because
you're so invested, huge amounts will stay. And it's the same play here, which is that the agent doesn't simply just
get up and leave. They're willing to listen, and that's all you already want. They're not gonna be
like, Okay, fine, done. But it's just I'm talking
about percentage of 0. You only need one out of all the agents in your
town and you're done, you're done, you've
got all the leads. So that's how I would go on to acquire yourselves
combination properties. So we've done four sections, we still have five to go. So we've got quite
a bit. I guess we could have a lunch break now. I went to start
the question. Yes. Yes. Would you recommend
looking at actual viewing the agent running the streets and going in
every agent in that area. Okay, So with agents, this is this is the
process I would recommend. This is the post-sale would
recommend for agents, right? In terms of finding a property in doing this whole process, the step one is
find a property on right move, right move. So you find something and right mood that
you're interested in. The second thing is you've
called and a book I'm viewing. So you want to call them
Book of view and I don't want to hear from
somebody who just, I wanna, I wanna see it. Yeah, I wanna, I wanna
see this property. You want to, you want
to say I want to see this property and you'd
have to get the viewing. You have to you have
to book a viewing. I don't go into the lending
agents shops because again, the problem is
they're not invested the same way because they haven't spent any
time doing anything. They were at their desk. You came along, they
said We don't do that. It's the same as the phone. The principle is the
same as a friend. Number three is viewing. And number four is you
pitch at the viewing. So find the property colon book of viewing for that property. Do the viewing and then
Pitch, Add the viewing. That is the process of how you would pitch letting agents
generally at the end, you see the ODA every night? Yeah. You can say what we're
looking for is for this. Yeah. You can, you can
pitch at the end or you can start to explain the concept while you're viewing the property
and so on and so on, which you generally, you
would see the property first and then you
can pitch at the end. Generally. You find that you you got the newbies who are doing the run
around doing that? That's another reason I asked. Yeah. Okay. So the question is, what did they say? I don't understand
what this means, which actually happens to a lot of people then
I shouldn't probably mentioned this in
the slide because here is the big killer word. Jargon, right? What that means is that if you say something
to anyone in any industry, for example, if someone's an IT specialist
and I don't know, there's thing called HDMI. If you talk about
hate BMI or whatever, which basically means
nothing to anyone. When they scan their
head for a BMI, that means nothing, right? Is blank. What HDMI is, they have no idea what
an HDMI it doesn't, it doesn't exist in the head. So now they're confused
as to what the **** is HDMI. Because it makes no sense. Because see, what happens
is people try to use all this complicated
stuff because it makes them seem professional. They'll look at me, I'll know all this
stuff will all it does is it confuses
the other person. So you have to step them through whatever you're
trying to explain. If you say to someone
or we do rent to rent. The first thing they're
going to say is, Oh, isn't as subletting. Because rent to rent
implies subletting. Rent to rent. And they have no idea
what that means. There are no ourselves
combination means no idea. You go to most letting
agents that you say, I'm gonna do service
accommodation, they have no idea
what that means. So now, already in their head, they're like, What the
**** does that mean? Or like rent or anything elaborate of a scam or
isn't a subletting. They know what
company that means. They know what
corporate that means. You have to use the
information they know and play with
that information. If you start saying so, which means nothing to them, their head goes blank. The whole thing is true, foreign, too scary,
so on and so on. So the classic
analogy in property is if you're trying to
do lease options, right? So if you're trying to explain
these options to an agent, is a confusing process because
you're basically saying, I'm not going to buy this
property using a mortgage. I'm going to pay I'm going to cover the sellers mortgage
every single month. And then five years
later I'll make one big of payment and
I'll buy the house. But has since been messed
up because no one does, then that's not a
normal process. But if you say to
a letting agent, you know how you can
buy cars and finance, where you just make a
monthly payment and five years later you just pay the whole car off
and you get the car. Everyone knows what that means. Everyone knows what, everyone knows how finance
works on a car. And then you relate
that and say, well, that's basically what I'm
trying to do with the property. At least they get it. Day because they understand
what's happening here. So you have to you
can't use words like rent to rent or
service accommodation. You have to use words
they understand. And when you do your pitch, it has to be based
on those words and you will never
get someone saying, I don't know what
that means because it's just basic terminology. They all know what
accompanying letters, they all know what
a corporate that is. You can't confuse them. So yeah, that's a good question. Does he get the
inexperienced one or the one that basically the viewings and the person
who makes the decision, then let's expand
your director in the office and I guess
you explain it to them. Then it's up to them to
go back to refer it to the referees and then
you try and speak. Okay. So the question
is if if I'm credit, if you get a person
and the viewing who's like someone who's not
the manager, I suppose. How would you sort
of picture that? You will still have to pitch the normal way and they will have to communicate the message and you will have to go from there. Now, I've, I've had people like like the junior or
viewing people and stuff. It's never really
been a big issue. I mean, it might have been
an issue for some people, I don't know, but it's
never really been a big issue for me personally. So but that's where
you actually have to pitch to whoever
comes to the viewing. And this is why when
it comes to the pitch, it has to be as
simple as possible. And it should not
include stuff like this. Because if you confuse the
person of the viewing, who is just a messenger, is kinda like Chinese whispers there by the time the
message goes round, by the time the
last guy here is, is completely different
to other first guy said. So this is why it has
to be so simple in the terminology that
they understand that even if it is someone who's like a new staff member or
whatever or junior person, they can still go back and
communicate that message. Does that make sense? So any other questions on that? You experience
when you get them, you don't really have
much feedback on. If you told me that
before I set, you know, this lambda want to
copy the we don't even do that as an agency. We just don't do it.
If you told me before, I would appreciate that I did not come out, then
confounders. Good. Okay. So okay. So this is my take on this approach or this
is my take on this. When this is my take on
when people say that, well, the scenario
presenting basically that if you had told me before that this is where
you're going to do, I wouldn't have shown it
to you, blah, blah, blah. My take is every litigation
has two contracts, AST and accompany that contract. So first of all, they do do it. They might not know they do it. But I've never come
across a letting agent which doesn't have a
company that agreement. I've not seen one
yet. Maybe there is, but I've not seen one. So most of them do do it. The second thing is, I'm not
saying you're playing games, but if you try to buy property in this country
with any learning agent, and I've done this many times. You say to them, I'm looking for a two-bedroom x council sites. They will show you 72 of them will be two-bedroom
x council flats, five will be private, one-bedroom flat
and studios, right. Isn't that what they
basically all do? Because they are players? Well, let me hang out with them. Let me show them basically everything we've got,
so on and so on. They might buy something. So it's exactly the same thing that when you do
step in viewings, they show you two
you're interested in and five-year-old
never going to buy, or they will sneak
one in on the way. Or they say why we are
where we're going this way. I happen to have the key is why don't we pop in and see it? So it's exactly the same thing. So like, I'm not trying to
play their game or whatever. But my view is they all have this agreement
if they don't do it, why did you have the
agreement in the first place? Why did you have this piece
of paper in your office which says complementary
agreement if you don't do it. So I'm simply going by that. So if someone says to me, we don't do it, you
just told me before. I assume that everyone
does it cause I know that everyone at
the company level, yeah. You can you can say that I assumed everyone does this
since everyone has it. Or personally, I'm
just not too fast. I don't get offended easily. You can say whatever
you want to me. I didn't I'm not too fast
from that point of view. I just want to do 20 viewings and I want to
get one agent on board, because once that
one agent was bored, you can get on with
the next 11 thing, which has worked. Weirdly. I don't even know how this
happened. I can't remember. It just was a weird,
convenient coincidence. Even I went to Foxconn's ones
and I I can't remember why. Like, I don't know if I was
renting a property or for myself or if I was
trying to oh, no, no. I was trying to buy a
property or something. And I asked them
Foxconn's brochures. So I had all these
functions brochures. And then I was going to
go and speak to them, letting agents to do this whole service
combination stuff. Because I had all these
functions, brochures. The guy thought I
was working with toxins and every give
me details as we go. So he he made a common
referencing and four oxygens in somehow we just went really well
because in his head, he told us where to get
all these deals from Foxconn's because there are all these brochures from Boston. I didn't do this on purpose.
We sort of just happened. But he clearly thought I was about to get all these Asia
have flares from foxes. So he started showing me flats. They had to run Data
Service accommodation. It was a weird one but
that happened from them. Honestly, I can't remember. This is the Paddington one. We did get one that day, but I just can't remember now. It was so long ago but we got one that day but I
just can't remember. But I remember I just remember the agent being
just really interested because we had the functional
brochure or they were just a lot more interests in for some weird reason because it's like competitive and stuff. But that's something to
consider. Something to consider. But this is really where
you're trying to do here. This is really where
you're trying to do. I would follow these steps. Take a weekend doubt or Monday, Tuesday, and you can
probably get 15 agents done. Doesn't take long. 59 is you can do one day and you're just
trying to get one. And this is the reason I
went to Paddington in Arjun, just call agents in
Paddington because I knew if I spend one day and
I get one agent on board, I've got unlimited deals
and I'm done in Paddington. I never have to go patent
and again and again until this time well invested. So I booked the views before I went to pattern tonight about
1015 viewings book before I went to Paddington and
sort of went from there.
40. London 90 Day Rule: In this session, we're
going to be covering the London 90-day rule. What is it, How does it
work, how to avoid it? And essentially, what are the options when it comes
to the London 90-day rule? Now, to first understand
the 90 day rule, we first have to understand
that planning system. So for example, if we look
at the planning use class, there are essentially
different types of properties. How the planning system works is that every type of building, every type of property
is given a class use. So schools, hospitals, offices, homes, everything has a
different type of class. A class is basically with in classifying what
type of property this is. When we look at
residential properties, these are the four main classes. So you have C1. Now, when it comes to C1, C1 properties means regular
hotel's guest homes and bed and breakfast. That is what a C1 property is. A C2 property. A C2 class, that means is
hospitals, schools, etc, etc. Those type of properties. You have S3. And S3 property means dwelling,
houses and flats. So now what that means is the house you
currently live in is essentially the
house the flight you live in is a
residential property, which is under the
classification C3. So house or flat is
basically a C3 property. Now, what's interesting is that serviced accommodation is
also classified as S3. And last but not
least, you have C4. And C4 is houses are
multiple occupation, also known as HMOs. So if you have an
HMO property that's generally considered
a C4 property. So why am I going through
these types of classes? So you have 1234 and services combination
essentially falls into S3. No different to a normal
house and our normal flat. So what that means is if you want to do service
combination in your house or your flat or on a rent around property or someone
else's property, you do not need planning
permission, and therefore, there's no issues whatsoever except for if you're in London. Now, if you're in London, there is a thing which is
called the London 90 day rule. And what are the London
90-day rule states is it's actually part of the
Deregulation Act in 2015. And what it states is
that short stays up to 90 days per year are not
subject to planning. Now, let me explain what
that means in English. What that means is that
if you do short-term, let's, so that could mean 192, that could mean a threonine stay at ten night stay at 20 nicely, all the way up to 99th state. When you rent a property
out for less than 99, that is considered
a short-term lead. So now let's say you
rent it out for 1099s. So almost three
months or even 99s. So three months, anything, anything below that is
considered short-term lead. And in London,
you're allowed to do short-term leads up to 90 days. So let me give an example. Let's say you get
let's say you get a one-night booking and then you get a
five-ninths booking, and then you get a ten
night booking and then you get a 49439 booking. When you add up all
those bookings, every single year, you
have 90 days per property. And once you've
exceeded the 90 days, you know, you're not allowed
to do short-term letting. You come then rental
property are 419394. Nice. You have to let it
out for longer than 90 days because you can only do 90 days worth of short
stays every year. You can't do any more than 90. So if I show you this example, Airbnb, as you can see, this is one of my properties. And it says you have
53 nights boat and 37 nights still
available this year. If you're lifting meets
certain requirements, you may be able to host
more than 90 days. So essentially, what's happening here is that this
is only on a VMB, this is not on booking.com
or any of the other portals. Essentially, what's
happening is that every time you get a booking
which is less than 90 days, it is, there is a meter
on Airbnb and the matrix, pushing and pushing and pushing. And essentially like
a loading bar or a progress bar is basically moving every single
time you get a booking. And once it gets to 90
days of short stays, you're not allowed to list
their property on a B&B. Airbnb is not going to
generate you anymore bookings because the regulation states
that you can do short-term, short lesson more
than 90 days every single year, only in London. Hence it's called the
London 90-day rule. Now, well, what
exactly can you do by the 90-day rule if you still want to do properties in London. So these are essentially
your four main options. Now some are more
viable than others, but these are essentially
the four main options. The first one is getting
long term bookings. So these are your
corporate bookings, your insurance bookings,
your relocation bookings. And essentially will begin to read more of these in
the marketing segments. So this will make
a lot more sense. But you have a lot of
people who are moving into the area are people
who come into work and they need accommodations
for three months, four months, five months. The longest we've
had is 11 months. We had one person who
booked for 23 months initially in their contract
kept getting extended, extended, extended
every single time. And what happened was
they said for 11 months, now you don't get 11
months all the time. That is pretty rare. That's the longest we've had. We've had we've had 11 months, we've had nine months,
we've had seven months. But that is again,
pretty rare generally. It's a few months, but it's not as long as the lemon months. Now that does happen,
but not all the time. So with a solution with
long-term bookings, essentially, the solution is
that every year you do 90 days or three
months of short stays, and then you get three
very long bookings. That could be three
months, three months, and three months, which takes you off for the
full calendar year. So by essentially getting
long-term bookings, you you stay within lunch rule, you don't break any rules. And it is by far the
best way of doing it. And it is by far the most viable way of doing chefs combination within London. The second solution
is by renting rooms, but this does assume you're
living in one of the rooms. So for example, if you're doing service accommodation within your own property
and you happen to live in one of the
rooms and you rent out the other room or the
other two or three rooms, then there is no
Nigeria rule night. The 90-day rule only applies
for entire properties. It doesn't apply if
you happen to live in one of the rooms and you're
renting out the other rooms. So if you're doing
that, then you're okay. But generally, if
you're building a service combination business, that's probably not the
case purely because well, you might that might be
the case in one property, but it's very unlikely
you're going to be living in every single
property as you go along. So this can work on one property if you're doing
this on your own property, but not very viable
to build a business. The next solution is by complementing this
with other strategies. So what that means is, let's say you are in Central London and you're
around a student market. Now students for universities, they typically book
for nine months. When I say BO coming, they take contracts ASTs for
about nine months because the University
of turnstiles end of September and it's already finished by around
the June period, which is about a bit
about nine months, and then leaves you with a
three best months of the year this summer months in central London or in the
outskirts of London. So what you could
do is you could do three months
of student needs. And then in the summer holidays, you could do shortlist when you're charging the
highest premium anyway. So again, maybe not the most viable
strategy for everyone. It does depend on what your previous strategies
are and your, what your experiences with students in Latin,
so on and so on. But that would be
one way of doing it, which is leaving the three
best month every year for short-term lids and then doing the rest of
the year on student. Let's finally the
last viable solution is by applying for
planning permission. And so again, if I, if I go back to the
Airbnb screenshot, you'll see it says that you have you have 53, nice boat, 37. I still available. If you're lifting meet
certain requirements, you may be able to host
more than 90 days. And what that is referring to is essentially
planning permission. That if you get
planning permission on your property as a C1 class. Now let me just revisit C1 class and show you again
what a C1 class means. A c1 plus is a regular
hotel or guest house, or a bed and breakfast. So what they're saying is, if you apply for planning permission and the
council says, Yep, We'll give you planning
permission for C1 property, then you can do more
than 90 days a year. Now, apparently from
what I've heard, it is very, very hard to get planning permission
as a C1 property. And especially if
you're doing a rental, rent or feuding management, most likely the
landlord probably won't want you to get change of planning on their property
because they will still won their property to
be a house rather than a commercial building. Because now you're getting C1, it turned into a guest
house or a hotel. If you're a
residential landlord, you're most likely not
going to want that option. So again, it is a
possible option, but again, very, very hard. The best solution by far is by getting a
long-term bookings. Now, well, what happens if you end up breaking the 90 day? Well, how does that impact you? So the problem really is that it is only a B&B which
enforces the 90 day rule. So the way the nitrogen
rule works is that the council's say that there is a rule that you
can't do short-term letting more than 90 days. But the problem that
councils have is only a, B and B has this limit whereby, which essentially
says that you can only do short-term
accommodation for 90 days. But if people end
up using Expedia Booking.com and agencies
and direct bookings. What happens is the
council's don't really have a way of monitoring
and controlling. Well, it has this property done more than 90 days or has this property done less than 90 days? That is essentially the problem. That doesn't mean it's legal or that doesn't mean this
is a loophole because You still have to abide
by the 90-day rule. But that is essentially
why the nitrogen rule is kind of broken because
it's very hard to monitor. So what will happen is that if the council finds out you've done
more than 90 days, they will send you
a letter saying you essentially have to
stop because you're breaching your
breathing planning because you're breaching
regulation because this property does not have
planning permission to be short-lived for more than
90 days every single year. So the council will essentially say you can't
be doing this anymore. And if you're doing
a rental rent, most likely you will have to get the property back or even
if you own the property, you will have to stop doing sepsis accommodation or if
you're in management, again, most likely you'll have to give the property bag because well, the Council saying you
shouldn't be doing short-term accommodation
for more than 90 days every single year
if they find out. So now, well, where does
that leave you with options? So the first option is while
you stay within London and you sort of take the risks that you will get
long-term bookings. Now, when we go through
the marketing section, you also exactly how we
get long-term bookings. Three months, four
months, five months. And you will get those
bookings by doing marketing, but you don't necessarily
get those day one. You have to build up to that. Your, your marketing,
your processes, your relationship
with these companies, which gets you these bookings. That doesn't happen. Day one, that tastes a bit of time, so you will get there, but you won't necessarily
get there on day one. So you have a bit of
risk, which is, well, do I start doing this in the hope that I'm
going to be getting long-term bookings down
the road and there is a bit of uncertainty and that's something
to think about. Or the second option is, well, you simply focus
as sort of London. Now, if you focus
anywhere as sort of the London just outside
this M25 bubble, well, then you don't have any 90-day rule endure
within the planning class. The council can't
say anything because essentially you're
playing by all the rules. You're fully compliant. It's all legal is
all above board. And that is, in my opinion, a much, much easier solution. And it is a much, much safer
solution purely because you don't necessarily have to rely on the long term bookings. Now, like I said, you will get them in London, but you won't necessarily
get them day one. So you might get to
a place situation where you've done three
months of short legs, but you still need
a bit more time together long term booking. So that is why I think focusing on London is generally
the easier option. Now what I also find is
that one of the reasons people don't want to focus our sort of London is
because they think, well, I'm not going to
be making as much money. Another thing that
is true at all. So if I show you
this study by a DNA, this is a tool we're going to be using later on to
analyze our deals. This is by far the
best Airbnb analytics, best Airbnb data tool
you can possibly have. And they did this study, this reported last year or this is dated March 12th, 2019. And this is just
over a year from the time I'm recording this, they did the 15
best places to buy a vacation rental
properties in Europe. And so out of the 15 places, four of those rationally
within the UK, somewhere in France and
Portugal and Spain, Germany, so on and so on. For another 15 war
within the UK, and none of the four
were within London, they were all outside London. People have this a perception that because there's
London is a big city, you know, everything
is expensive, that you'll make the most money, but it's actually not
necessarily true. And you can make
just as much money, if not warm money
as sort of London, then you can in some
areas within London. So I think one of the reasons
people want to stay within mountainous purely because
of the higher profits, but that's not
necessarily the case. So you shouldn't make your
decision based on well, if I go outside of London, I'm not going to
make as much money because that's not
what the numbers show and that's not what
my experience shows that either I've done
properties are within London. I've done properties
within outside of London as far the M25, and they've made I
think on average, the properties outside have made more money over the
course of a year. This analysis from a DNA
shows a similar picture. Another in every single area is gonna do better than
London. That's not true. But there are areas as part of London which make more
money than within London. So going back to
the two options, the first one is stay
inside London and you sort of have
this uncertainty. You have this risk of
longer-term bookings. Or you can essentially
focused outside of London and not have the risk and potentially make even more
money in the process. It all comes down to
find them right deal, finding the right area. So in this section, ready to think about, well, do I want to stay within London or do I want to focus
our sort of London? And where do I want to
build my business based on these advantages, pros and cons.
41. VAT: So if you're running a service
accommodation business, I say through a limited company, but then at some point you
will have to consider the VAT. We're going to discuss the three VAT schemes that could apply. One size doesn't
fit all and also a scheme might fit at a
particular point in time, but can change duty
or circumstances or circumstances of your business
as your business changes. Over time. We would
recommend you get advice from a
specialist who will be able to tell you
exactly how your setup and circumstances fit the
most appropriate scheme. So we would recommend speaking
with your accountant, also a vat specialist, and make sure that the
two are on the same page. And normal accountants,
for example, they will probably
have to consult a specialist themselves
if you ask them. Because a lot of the time
they won't know the detail. We have had instances whereby
we've had an accountant tell us one thing and the VAT specialists
tell us another thing. And there's sometimes
a dispute between the two as to what the
correct treatment is. So just make sure
that you either use an accountant that's
familiar with service accommodation,
service departments. He's familiar with
the Tom scheme and the flat rate scheme and maybe that they got clients that run
service departments. So that's one way. Also, if you're quite happy with the current account
and that you've got your other businesses maybe is to consult a vat specialists that deals with service combination
service departments, and who can work with
your accountant just to make sure from that
perspective you are compliant. So the first scheme
we're going to cover is the normal standard VAT scheme. So in terms of this scheme, you must register your
business for that with HM RC, if your VAT tax or turnover
is more than £85 thousand. So when you register, you'll be sent a vat
registration certificate, which will have your mat number. And when you submit your fat, your first VAT,
return and payment, your effective date
of registration will depend on the
date when you went over the threshold or the date you are asked to register
if it was voluntary. So in terms of your
VAT responsibilities from the effective
date of registration, you must charge the
right amount of that, pay any of that due to MR. HMAC, submit that returns, keep records and half
of that account, most of that registered
businesses that are over £85 thousand must also follow the rules for making tax digital for VAT. So if you register and
you're still waiting on your VAT number or you cannot charge or show that on your invoices until you
get your VAT number. However, you will
still have to pay the VAT to HMAC for this period. So you should increase your prices to allow for
this until your customers. Why? Once you've got your VAT number, you can reissue the
invoices showing the van. In terms of how to register, most businesses can
register online, including partnerships
and a group of companies can register
under one that number. By doing this, you'll
register for VAT and create a VAT
online accounts, sometimes known as the
government Gateway account. You need this to submit
your VAT returns to HMAC. You can use an agent so you can appoint an accountant
or an agent. So it might be the
vet specialist to submit your VAT returns and deal with HMAC on your behalf. When you receive you about number from HMOs
that you can sign up for a VAT online
account as well. When to register. So you must register for that if your taxable turnover
goes over £85 thousand. So £85 thousand
is the threshold. Or if you know that it will, you will that tax or
turnover is the total of everything sold that is
not exempt from that. You can register voluntarily before you reach the eighty-five
thousand pound limit. But in terms of
compulsory registration, you must register if you
expect your turnover to be more than £85 thousand in
the next 30 day period. Or if your business
had a VAT tax or turnover of more
than 85 thousand over the last 12 months. You might need to also register in some other
cases depending on the kinds of goods
or services that you sell and where you sell them, if you will exceed
that threshold. And then next Thursday
period, you must register. In the attached are given
a couple of examples of when you might need to register. So you can read through those
quite self-explanatory. The next thing I want
to talk about is purchases made
before registration. So in a lot of instances, people are buying furniture, for example, before they've
registered for that. So there is a time
limit in terms of backdating claims
for VAT paid before registration just just
to make you aware of its four years for
goods that you still have, all that were used
to make other goods, you still have six
months for services. You can only reclaim that
on purchases for business. For the business now
registered for that, then they must relate
to your business for business purposes. In terms of record keeping and in terms of your
first about return, you will need to keep records such as invoices or receipts, a description of
purchases to date, information about how they might relate relate to your
business as well. So that's the first scheme, is that it's normally
the scheme that most people or most business
owners are familiar with. It's 20 per cent. We're going through a
pandemic at the moment, so it's been reduced to
five per cent currently. Normally, people tend to
have an accountant to act as their agent who will submit their VAT return on
a quarterly basis. So the VAT return, we'll
look at all the VAT, But you've collected
from your customers all the VAT that
you've incurred. So for example, if you use a linen company
that's not registered, you can claim the
VAT back on that. If you buy supplies
that have VAT on them, you can claim the VAT on those. If you use a cleaning company
that is VAT registered, you can clean the cleaning. I'm the VAT element
of that as well. Generally, however, the amount of input that you can reclaim
tends to be quite low. In services,
accommodation, businesses, generally, people tend
to use local cleaners, maybe a number of different
cleanings as well, just in case one cleaner is
not well and nose clean, his tend to be sole traders and therefore not necessarily
register for that. So the input about
that you can reclaim, there's no VAT on the rent. So for example, if you
didn't rent to rent, there's no VAT, so you can't
claim the VAT on the rent. So the input that tends
to be minimal, really. The second scheme we're
going to talk about is the flat rate scheme. To join the flat rate
scheme, you will, that turnover must be a
£150 thousand or less, excluding that, you
must apply to HMAC. You basically pay a fixed
rate of VAT to HM RC. And you keep the difference
between what you charge your customers
and paid HMO. See, you cannot
reclaim the VAT on purchases except for certain capitals assets
over £2 thousand. So the issue or slight negative of the
flat rate scheme is that you can't reclaim
any input that, but again, this might not be
an issue for your business. If you're using clean it
cleaners that aren't registered, linen providers that
aren't registered. There's actually very little
you can actually reclaim. You don't pay any VAT
on the rent either. So again, it depends on
the number of apartments that you have and your
business model really. In terms of leaving the scheme, you must leave the
scheme if you will, no longer eligible to be in it. And so the metrics there are, it's whereby your turnover
in the last 12 months was more than £230 thousand
including VAT. Or you expect it to be
in the next 12 months, you expect your total
income in the next 30 days alone to be more
than £230 thousand, including that, working
out the flat rate scheme, the VAT flat rate you usually use depends on
the type of business. You pay. A different rate. If you only spend a
small amount on goods, you get a 1% discount in your first year as a VAT
registered business. And if you spend a
small amount on goods, then you're classified as
a limited cost business. And the definition of a
limited cost business is, is where the costs
represent 2% of your turnover or £1
thousand a year. This means that you may
pay a higher rate of 16.5. You can calculate it
if you need to pay the higher rate and work out
which goods counters costs. In terms of service
accommodation, the flat rate, the percentage that applies
is 10.5 per cent per annum. And there is a discount of one per cent in your first year. Again, there is
an upper limit of £230 thousand includes that. As soon as you go over that, then you'll have to register for the normal standard scheme. The upper limit is tested once a year on the anniversary
of Joining the scheme. If you're 12 months turnover for that period is over the limit, then you must switch
to the standard fact. That's the flat rate scheme. Now we're going to talk about another scheme that's called toms or the top
operators margin scheme. So this is another one, and this game is a
lot more complicated. So if you have a look at the
guidance on HMACs website, I think it covers
maybe 50 pages. There's a lot of
wording in there that's difficult to interpret. So this is one of the reasons why it's really
important that you speak to a VAT specialists so that
they can have a look at the structure of
your business and to see what scheme
you should be on. So Tom's, it's a
special scheme for businesses that buy
in and resell travel, accommodation and certain
other services as a principle or
undisclosed agent. And the guidance is in the attached link for
that particular scheme. Again, if you try and print
the details of that scheme, it the amounts to
about 50 pages. So there are lots of I'm bits to it. Where does it apply?
Where there's a supply of travel services
such as accommodation? You buy in and sell
on the services as principle and not as agent. You sell it to the end-user, either a traveler or a business that consumes
the service itself. And there's no material
alteration to the services. So Tom's can be used by service accommodation
providers as long as they fall within these rules. The VAT using toms
can be significantly lower than accounting for VAT
on the full selling price. But again, the
rules are complex. In particular, one of the issues is material alteration can be a sticking point under toms. And also as mentioned earlier, under Thomas, you can't
reclaim any input, but also if you opt for Toms, you cannot issue VAT invoice
and your apartment Blair for be less attractive to business customers who won't
be able to recover the VAT. Again, I just want to and
emphasize that I would recommend that you speak with a specialist and or accountant. They will probably have
different views if you have an existing
and accountant or your existing
accounts may not be familiar with the scheme at all. The that will vary depending
on how your business is structured and whether or
not you're doing management, whether or not you
didn't rent to rent, whether or not you're running your own personal properties or service accommodation. So this is one of
the reasons it's so difficult to give
generic advice. Everyone's setup
circumstances are different. But here we can talk about
the general concepts which will help you
when you speak to a specialist or an accountant. So I wanted to cover
a few other bits. So if you're on the
standard scheme, we look at the VAT. Again, even within
the standard scheme, which is the 20% scheme, VAT is normally charged
for the first 28 days of any state after which
there is no VAT on the accommodation
aspect of the service. Again, after the 28
days, there's no VAT. However, then HM RC has a distinction
between, for example, if you're charging
a £100 or night, then HM RC will say, Well, an element of that
will relate to the accommodation aspect and
maybe the servicing aspect. So I think as a
general rule of thumb, they tend to take 80% 8020. So they would say that £80
relates to the accommodation. So that means that
if you're charging under pounds, then £80, you won't have to
pay VAT on the £20, you will have to pay VAT on. So the benefit of this scheme obviously
is that for long stays, it can greatly reduce the
amount of that payable. And again, this only applies on the standard scheme and not
in the flat rate scheme. So one of the other reasons to speak to a VAT specialist and your accountant is that once you receive the advice based on what you're
looking to do, changed the way in which you
structure your business. So you might operate more
like a lettings business. So for example, you might have a separate client account where all the money that
you have come in goes into your client
account and then you pay off anyone that you owe the rent to so that your client account
will always be minimal. So in the client account, in essence, what will, what will be left is maybe the margin
that you're earning. And to then get to the £85 thousand limit
or take a lot longer. Whereas we have seen in the
past where if for example, you pull all your
money into one account and obviously quite quickly, taking on to three
apartments than the turnover will be more than £85
thousand quite quickly. So that's some of the issues would say like the
guaranteed rent schemes is that all the income generated by your business so that the total amount is
liable for that. If it was on say, on a
management basis than only that portion will
be liable for that. Again, VAT, probably one of the most complex issues when looking at
service accommodation. Just again, because
it depends on whether or not you're
doing rent to rent, whether or not you
deem management whether or not you're doing
in your personal name, whether or not you're
using a limited company and whether
or not you're using your own properties as well and running them
or service departments. So definitely well-worth
the time upfront to speak to a VAT specialist
and your accountant to make sure that your
setup is correct and maybe there might be a
more tax efficient way to structure your business. One of the things, for example, that we get a lot of the
time is people saying, Well, why can't I set up a
different limited company? Once my turnover comes
close to say £80 thousand. Now, if you do set up another
limited company, yes, your VAT starts
afresh as it were. But if that limited company that you're setting up is weird, the same directory
as the previous one. Hmac will understand
what you're doing. It's called artificial
separation. And they don't know in
principle what you're doing. You basically set up another
limited company so that you qualify for another £80
thousand allowance as it were. And you can have
avoiding paying the VAT. Obviously, there are
instances where that works. So for example, if you
are setting up, say, a service accommodation
business in London with one business
partner and you have a completely
separate business in Birmingham with a completely
separate partner, so that you have two
completely separate. So it's combination businesses, one in London, one
in Birmingham. Then it's completely
right for you to have two separate VAT allowances. But if you're setting up one in London and with the
same business partner, you're setting up another
limited company in Birmingham. Then from H and
Marcy's perspective, it's one business and it looks like
artificial separation. So just make sure you get the advice from a
bat specialist. And also make sure you liaise with your
accountant as well.